You are on page 1of 943

2007-2013 VOLVO C30 SERVICE

AND REPAIR MANUAL


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Engine Control - Removal, Replacement And Installation

ENGINE

Engine Control - Removal, Replacement And Installation

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Fig. 1: Identifying Accelerator Pedal


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Alternator And Regulator - Removal, Replacement And Installation

ELECTRICAL

Alternator And Regulator - Removal, Replacement And Installation

ALTERNATOR
GENERATOR (B5244S4; 2007-11)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Battery, disconnection. See BATTERY DISCONNECTING AND CONNECTING

Fig. 1: Identifying Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the auxiliaries belt. See ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT TENSIONER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Alternator And Regulator - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 2: Identifying Generator B+ Terminal And Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

1. Torque: Generator B+ terminal

15 Nm

2. Torque: M8

24 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

GENERATOR (B5254T3; 2007, B5254T7; 2008-12)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 3: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the air filter housing. See AIR CLEANER HOUSING

Remove the throttle body. See THROTTLE BODY

Remove the auxiliaries belt. See ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT TENSIONER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Alternator And Regulator - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 4: Identifying Oil Stick Bracket Bolt


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 5: Identifying Generator B+ Terminal And Nuts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

1. Torque: Generator B+ terminal

15 Nm

2. Torque: M10

50 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Alternator And Regulator - Removal, Replacement And Installation

GENERATOR PULLEY, GENERATOR (B5244S4; 2007-11, B5254T7; 2008-12)

Special tools

999 7113 Spanner


Tool number: 999 7113
Tool description: Spanner
Tool boards: 30

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Remove the alternator. See GENERATOR (B5254T3; 2007, B5254T7; 2008-12) or GENERATOR
(B5244S4; 2007-11)

Fig. 6: Identifying Spanner 9997113


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

see 9997113 see 9997113

CHARGE REGULATOR
CHARGE REGULATOR (B5244S4; 2007-11, B5254T3; 2007, B5254T7; 2008-12)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Alternator And Regulator - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 7: Identifying Nuts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the generator (GEN). See GENERATOR (B5244S4; 2007-11) or GENERATOR (B5254T3; 2007,
B5254T7; 2008-12).

Fig. 8: Identifying M4 Generator Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M4

3.5 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Battery And Mounting - Removal, Replacement And Installation

ELECTRICAL

Battery And Mounting - Removal, Replacement And Installation

BATTERY
REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

See SAFETY INFORMATION BATTERY AND CHARGING

Fig. 1: Identifying Underhood Torsion Rod, Nuts And Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M8

24 Nm

Fig. 2: View Of Battery And Cover


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Battery And Mounting - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Perform battery disconnecting and connecting, see BATTERY DISCONNECTING AND CONNECTING

Fig. 3: Locating Battery Box And Terminal Connector Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 4: Identifying Battery, Holder And Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

VEHICLES WITH BATTERY MONITORING SENSOR (BMS)

Reset according to DIAGNOSTICS/VEHICLE COMMUNICATION/CEM/Advanced/Resetting information


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Battery And Mounting - Removal, Replacement And Installation

when replacing battery (main battery) function. VIDA (Volvo Scan Tool) is necessary to perform this
procedure.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission

TRANSMISSION

Manual Transmission

TRANSMISSION
BEVEL GEAR

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove left-hand drive shaft, see DRIVESHAFT LEFT

Remove the right drive shaft, see DRIVE SHAFT RIGHT

Fig. 1: Identifying M7 Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M7

17 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission

Fig. 2: Identifying Hose Strap


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 3: Identifying Hose


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 4: Identifying M8 And M10 Bolts


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission

Remove the following items:

1. Torque: M8

24 Nm

2. Torque: M10

50 Nm

Fig. 5: Identifying M10 Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M10

50 Nm

Fig. 6: Removing Bevel Gear


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Manual Transmission

Fig. 7: Identifying Bevel Gear


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

For information about transmission lubricants, see LUBRICANT TRANSMISSION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Automatic HVAC System

HVAC

Automatic HVAC System

HVAC
GLOW PLUG FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING THE COMBUSTION PREHEATER MODULE (CPM)

Remove the combustion preheater module (CPM). See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL
UNIT (TURBO) or FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (NON-TURBO)

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE GLOW PLUG/PRESSURE EQUALIZER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Automatic HVAC System

Fig. 1: Identifying Screws For Cover Over Fan Housing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the 4 screws for the cover over the fan housing. Remove the cover.

NOTE: The nearest connection pipe may need to be adjusted in order to remove the
cover. See: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (TURBO) or
COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (NON-TURBO)

Fig. 2: Identifying Fan Housing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Carefully pull the fan housing straight out, viewed from the shorter side of the engine coolant heater. See the
illustration.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Automatic HVAC System

Fig. 3: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the cable terminal and cable for the flame sensor in positions 1 and 2 (blue and brown)
 the cable terminal and cable for the glow plug in positions 9 and 12 (white and brown).
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Automatic HVAC System

Fig. 4: Identifying Flame Sensor And Pressure Equalizer


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the flame sensor (1) and with it the holder for the pressure equalizer (2).

Remove:

 the glow plug


 the pressure equalizer and the fuel pipe.

NOTE: Make sure that the O-ring and the filter are also removed. Otherwise the fan
motor has to be disconnected from the combustion housing.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see TIGHTENING TORQUE

INSTALLING THE GLOW PLUG / PRESSURE EQUALIZER

Install:

 the pressure equalizer


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Automatic HVAC System

 the flame sensor together with the holder. Tighten


 the glow plug. Tighten.

Install the cable terminals and cables in the connectors.

- Flame sensor in positions 1 and 2 (blue and brown).

- Glow plug in positions 9 and 12 (white and brown).

NOTE: Route the cables behind the fan motor to the connector.

Carefully push the fan housing into place.

Ensure:

 that the connector is not trapped


 that the cable seal on the water pump is correctly positioned and that the cable runs behind the fan motor
like the others.

Install the cover using 4 screws.

If necessary, adjust the pipe connection, see: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER
(TURBO) or COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (NON-TURBO)

Install the control module, see: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (TURBO) or FUEL
FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (NON-TURBO)

FINISHING

TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Perform a performance test of the engine's preheater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER, CHECKING
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame - Specifications, Mechanical

ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT

Body Frame - Specifications, Mechanical

JACKING POINTS BODY

NOTE: The graphics in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the graphics is always correct.

BODYWORK JACKING POINTS

LIFTING POINTS FOR LIFTING THE VEHICLE

Fig. 1: Identifying Lifting Points Of Vehicle


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

When lifting the vehicle, the lifting points indicated in the graphic must be used.

The jacking plate must have a rubber pad to prevent damage to the vehicle.

Do not lift at the front suspension, as there is a risk of the wheel alignment being altered.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame - Specifications, Mechanical

FLOOR, FRAME SECTION, WHEEL HOUSING, BULKHEAD


SIDE MEMBERS REAR

NOTE: Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in the graphics is
always correct.

Fig. 2: View Of Symbol Numbers


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Symbol legend

Measurement is given from centre

Measurement is given from an edge

Measurement is given from a cut marking

Fig. 3: Identifying Measurement Tools


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame - Specifications, Mechanical

For measuring, the recommendation is to use an electronic measuring device type Alvis Light or similar. A
deviation of +/- 2 mm is acceptable.

Fig. 4: Identifying Rear Measurements (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame - Specifications, Mechanical

Fig. 5: Identifying Rear Measurements (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

SIDE MEMBERS, FRONT

NOTE: Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in the graphics is
always correct.

Fig. 6: View Of Symbol Numbers


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Symbol legend

Measurement is given from center

Measurement is given from an edge

Measurement is given from a cut marking

Fig. 7: Identifying Measurement Tools


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame - Specifications, Mechanical

Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

For measuring, the recommendation is to use an electronic measuring device type Alvis Light or similar. A
deviation of +/- 2 mm is acceptable.

Fig. 8: Identifying Side Measurements (1 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

B1 = 1012 mm

B2 = 826 mm

B3 = 945 mm

Fig. 9: Identifying Side Measurements (2 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

B4 = 1198 mm

B5 = 1063 mm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame - Specifications, Mechanical

Fig. 10: Identifying Side Measurements (3 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

B6 = 1583 mm

B7 = 1421 mm

ROOF, WINDSHIELD AND REAR WINDSHIELD FRAME


ROOF

Fig. 11: View Of Symbol Numbers


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Symbol legend

Measurement is given from centre

Measurement is given from an edge


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame - Specifications, Mechanical

Measurement is given from a cut marking

Fig. 12: Identifying Symbol Number 3 Measurement From The Bottom Of The Recess
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Measurement takes place from the bottom of the recess. If only a measuring point symbol is shown this applies
to both points. Otherwise the symbols are shown on one side each of the measurement designation shown.

Fig. 13: Identifying Roof Measurements


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame - Specifications, Mechanical

Fig. 14: Identifying Windshield Frame Measurements


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

BODY SIDE

Fig. 15: View Of Symbol Numbers


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Explanation of symbols

As measured from centre

As measured from one edge


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame - Specifications, Mechanical

As measured from cut marking

Fig. 16: Identifying Symbol Number 3 Measurement From The Bottom Of The Recess
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

As measured from the bottom of the recess. If only one measurement point symbol is shown, it applies to both
points. Otherwise, the symbols appear on each side of the measurement designation in the graphic.

Fig. 17: Identifying Body Side Measurements (1 Of 5)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame - Specifications, Mechanical

Fig. 18: Identifying Body Side Measurements (2 Of 5)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 19: Identifying Body Side Measurements (3 Of 5)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body Frame - Specifications, Mechanical

Fig. 20: Identifying Body Side Measurements (4 Of 5)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 21: Identifying Body Side Measurements (5 Of 5)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB

Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

FLOOR, FRAME SECTION, WHEEL HOUSING, BULKHEAD


BUMPER RAIL, FRONT

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE FRONT BUMPER RAIL

Fig. 1: Removing Front Bumper Rail


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the front section. See: FRONT END .

Remove the bracket for the power steering. It is secured using 4 M8 screws.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Hang up the unit using wire.

Remove:

 the front screw, 1 x M6, for the washer reservoir


 the horn. It is secured using 2 M6 screws
 the cable harness and washer hose from the bumper rail.

NOTE: Note how the washer hose and cable are routed on the rail.

Support the radiator assembly. Detach the radiator. It is secured using 4 M8 screws.

Remove the remaining 6 M8 screws for the bumper rail. Remove the bumper rail.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING THE FRONT BUMPER RAIL

Fig. 2: Installing Front Bumper Rail


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Install:

 the bumper rail using the 6 M6 screws. Wait before installing the 2 screws for the servo unit
 the radiator using the 4 M8 screws
 the servo unit using the 4 M8 screws
 the cable harness and washer hose on the bumper rail
 the horn using the 2 M6 screws
 the washer reservoir using the 1 M6 screw
 the front section, seeFRONT END .

Rustproof. See: RUSTPROOFING .

FRONT WHEEL BEARING

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE FRONT WHEEL ARCH

Remove components. See: FRONT SECTION, EXPOSING .

Grind off the welds.

Cut off the damaged section.

Grind clean and apply welding primer.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE FRONT WHEEL ARCH


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 3: Aligning Front Wheel Arch


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Align and secure the wheel arch. See: FRONT END and SIDE MEMBERS, FRONT .

Align the bracket on the battery shelf. See the dimensions below.

M1 = 136 mm

M2 = 146 mm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 4: Identifying Welding Locations For Replacement Part


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Weld the replacement part into place. Lens diameter: Ø 4.5 mm.

Also, see WELDING, GENERAL .

Rustproof. See: RUSTPROOFING .

Install components. See: FRONT SECTION, EXPOSING .

REAR BUMPER RAIL (2007-2009)

Remove the following items:

 Shell, lower part of rear bumper. See REAR BUMPER COVER LOWER SECTION (2007-2009)
 Shell, upper part of rear bumper. See REAR BUMPER COVER UPPER SECTION

Determine the extent of the damage. See REAR SECTION .


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 5: Removing Rear Bumper Rail


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M8

24 Nm

Rust proof. See RUSTPROOFING .

Install in the reverse order.

REAR BUMPER RAIL (2010-2012)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove casing bumper rear, see COVER BUMPER REAR (2007 - 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER
REAR (2011, 2012)

For information about rear piece, see REAR SECTION


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 6: Removing Rear Bumper Rail


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M8

24 Nm

For information about corrosion protection, see RUSTPROOFING

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

SIDE MEMBER REAR

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

EXPOSING AND ASCERTAINING THE DAMAGE

When welding body components, see WELDING, GENERAL .

Remove the components, seeREAR SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009) or REAR SECTION, EXPOSING
(2010-2012) .

Pull out the damage.

Determine the extent of the damage. See: REAR SECTION and SIDE MEMBERS REAR .

Expose. See REAR SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009) or REAR SECTION, EXPOSING (2010-2012) .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE REAR SIDE MEMBER

Fig. 7: Identifying The Cutting Point


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

If the entire side member does not need replacing, see the cutting point in the illustration.

Drill and grind off the member.

Grind clean and apply welding primer.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE REAR SIDE MEMBER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 8: Installing Rear Side Member


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Spot-weld the replacement part. Tip diameter: Ø 4.5 mm.

See the illustration for the location of the spot welds.

Apply rustproofing. See RUSTPROOFING .

Install the components, seeREAR SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009) or REAR SECTION, EXPOSING
(2010-2012) .

Check the whiplash system in the vehicle, seeCOLLISION PROTECTION UNIT FROM BEHIND FRONT
SEAT CHECK .

SIDE MEMBER, FRONT

Special tools:

see 9997072

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK (COMMON TO BOTH METHODS)

PREPARATORY WORK

Fig. 9: Identifying Cut Points


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

When welding body components, see: WELDING, GENERAL .

Remove components. See: FRONT SECTION, EXPOSING .

Determine the extent of the damage. See: SIDE MEMBERS, FRONT and FRONT END .

METHOD CONTENTS

This method consists of:

 see SIDE MEMBER LOWER, REPLACEMENT


 see SIDE MEMBER, UPPER, REPLACING.

SIDE MEMBER LOWER, REPLACEMENT


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

REMOVING THE OUTER SECTION OF THE LOWER SIDE MEMBER

Fig. 10: Identifying Side Member Cutting Area


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

If the entire side member does not need replacing, see the cutting point in the illustration.

Remove:

 the support plate


 the front side panel. See: BRACKET FRONT PIECE
 the wheel arch: FRONT WHEEL BEARING.

Cut the side member 30 mm (M1) from the 2 square holes or replace the entire member.

Grind and drill out the member.

REMOVING THE INNER SECTION OF THE LOWER SIDE MEMBER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 11: Identifying Cutting Points


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

If the entire side member does not need replacing, see the cutting point in the illustration.

Cutting point (1)

This cutting point is used in the event of minor damage to the side member.

Cutting point (1) is located 180 mm (M2) from the end of the member.

Take care when sawing, as there is a reinforcement inside. See the shaded part of the illustration.

Cutting point (2)

Cutting point (2) is located 680 mm (M3) from the end of the member.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 12: Removing Upper Part Of Side Member Extension


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

If the member is cut at cutting point (2), remove the upper part of the side member extension.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 13: Removing Outer Part Of Cross Member Cowl Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the outer part of the cross member cowl panel.

INSTALLING THE INNER SECTION OF THE LOWER SIDE MEMBER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 14: Installing Inner Section Of Lower Side Member (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Grind clean.

Apply welding primer.

Seam-weld the join.

Spot-weld the replacement part. Tip diameter Ø 8 mm.

For location of the spot-weld, see: LOCATION OF THE SPOT-WELD.

Also, see WELDING, GENERAL .


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 15: Installing Inner Section Of Lower Side Member (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Weld the outer part of the cross member cowl panel.

Drill Ø 8 mm diameter holes for plug welds.

Weld the side member extension into place.

INSTALLING THE OUTER SECTION OF THE LOWER SIDE MEMBER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 16: Installing Outer Section Of Lower Side Member


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Grind clean.

Apply welding primer.

Spot-weld the replacement part. Tip diameter Ø 8 mm.

For location of the spot-weld, see below.

Also, see WELDING, GENERAL .

LOCATION OF THE SPOT-WELD


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 17: Identifying Spot-Weld Location


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLING COMPONENTS
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 18: Identifying Seam-Weld Area On Collar


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Seam-weld the collar into place using 8 welding seams each measuring 30 mm. See the illustration.

Install:

 the wheel arch. See: FRONT WHEEL BEARING


 the front side panel. See: BRACKET FRONT PIECE .

Carry out finishing work. See: FINISHING WORK (COMMON TO BOTH METHODS).

SIDE MEMBER, UPPER, REPLACING

REMOVING THE OUTER SECTION OF THE UPPER SIDE MEMBER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 19: Removing Outer Section Of Upper Side Member


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Drill or grind out the spot welds.

Cut off the damaged section.

The member can also be joined at (1).

NOTE: If the inner section is joined, the distance between the joins must be at least
50mm.

REMOVING THE INNER SECTION OF THE UPPER SIDE MEMBER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 20: Removing Inner Section Of Upper Side Member


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Drill or grind out the spot welds.

Cut off the damaged section.

INSTALLING THE INNER SECTION OF THE UPPER SIDE MEMBER

Grind clean.

Apply welding primer.

Secure the upper side member.

Spot-weld the replacement part.

Tip diameter against the suspension turret: Ø6 mm.

Tip diameter against the wheel arch: Ø 4.5 mm.

Carry out finishing work. See: FINISHING WORK (COMMON TO BOTH METHODS).
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

INSTALLING THE OUTER SECTION OF THE UPPER SIDE MEMBER

Grind clean.

Apply welding primer.

Secure the upper side member.

Spot-weld the replacement part. Tip diameter Ø 8 mm.

FINISHING WORK (COMMON TO BOTH METHODS)

SUPPLEMENTARY WORK AND INSTALLING COMPONENTS

Seal. See: BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM .

Rustproof. See: RUSTPROOFING .

Install components. See: FRONT SECTION, EXPOSING .

SPARE WHEEL WELL

Remove the outer back piece. See TAIL SECTION EXTERNAL

Determine the extent of the damage. See REAR SECTION

Welding body components. See WELDING, GENERAL

Fig. 21: Removing Spare Wheel Well (1 Of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 22: Removing Spare Wheel Well (2 Of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 23: Removing Spare Wheel Well (3 Of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 24: Removing Spare Wheel Well (4 Of 4)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Install the outer back piece. See TAIL SECTION EXTERNAL

Seal. See BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM

Rust proof. See RUSTPROOFING

WHEEL ARCH REAR

Welding body components. See WELDING, GENERAL .

Remove the rear fender. See FENDER .

Determine the extent of the damage. See BODY SIDE .

Fig. 25: Removing Rear Wheel Arch (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 26: Removing Rear Wheel Arch (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

ROOF, WINDSHIELD AND REAR WINDSHIELD FRAME


CANT RAIL/ROOF SIDE

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

INFORMATION

PRINCIPLES OF JOINING

Fig. 27: Identifying Cutting Points For C And D-Posts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Roof pillars must be joined as shown in the illustration unless otherwise indicated in the method.

Cut the different panel sections with a 50 mm offset. This applies when replacing all roof pillars.

C = minimum 50 mm

HINT: When replacing a pillar, it is often difficult to identify where the deformation ends. It may be best
to replace a larger section of the pillar.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE CANTRAIL / ROOF SIDE

Fig. 28: Removing Cantrail / Roof Side


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove components. See: ROOF SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009) or ROOF SECTION, EXPOSING
(2010-2012) .

Pull or press out the damaged section to make it easier to re-align internal components.

Determine the extent of the damage. See BODY SIDE and ROOF .

NOTE: Do not replace too small a section of the cant rail/roof side since the damage
may have spread.

Roughly cut at the appropriate point so that the old and new sections are overlapping. See the recommended
cutting points in the illustration.

HINT: The cantrail is under the roof panel at the top edge.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

If replacing the cantrail without replacing the roof panel, the cantrail must be cut from front to rear at the top
edge and then bead welded back together.

Grind and drill out the spot welds and bead welds.

Pry off the cantrail.

Grind clean.

Apply welding primer.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE CANTRAIL / ROOF SIDE

Fig. 29: Installing Cantrail / Roof Side


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install foam rubber replacement at (1). See: BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM .

Secure the replacement part.

Saw through the two panels at the cutting points.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Take care not to damage the internal reinforcements when sawing.

Secure the edges of the joints by tack welding.

Complete the welding. See also: WELDING, GENERAL .

Seal to the roof panel. See: ROOF PANEL.

Rust-proof. See: RUSTPROOFING .

Install components. See: ROOF SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009) or ROOF SECTION, EXPOSING
(2010-2012) .

ROOF ARCH

Information for welding body details. See WELDING, GENERAL

Remove roof panel. See ROOF PANEL

Determine the extent of the damage. See ROOF

Fig. 30: Removing Roof Arch


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Seal body. See BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM

Rustproof body. See RUSTPROOFING

Install roof panel. See ROOF PANEL

ROOF PANEL

Materials
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Designation Part number


2-component foam 3M 08463
Masking tape 9511050-8
Seal 3M 08115

REMOVAL

Follow the instructions regarding welding, general, see WELDING, GENERAL

Remove roof section, exposing, see ROOF SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009) or ROOF SECTION,
EXPOSING (2010-2012) .

For information about roof, see ROOF

INSTALLATION

Fig. 31: Installing Roof Panel (1 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 32: Installing Roof Panel (2 Of 8)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 33: Installing Roof Panel (3 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Use: 2-component foam, 3M 08463

Fig. 34: Installing Roof Panel (4 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 35: Installing Roof Panel (5 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Use: Masking tape, 9511050-8

For information about body sealant, sealing diagram, see BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM

Fig. 36: Installing Roof Panel (6 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 37: Installing Roof Panel (7 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Make sure that the seal is correctly located.

Fig. 38: Installing Roof Panel (8 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Use: Seal, 3M 08115

For information about corrosion protection, see RUSTPROOFING

Install the roof section, exposing, see ROOF SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009) or ROOF SECTION,
EXPOSING (2010-2012) .

BODY SIDE
A-PILLAR
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Materials:
Designation Part number
Insulation foam 3M 08463

Welding body components. See WELDING, GENERAL .

Remove the side section. See SIDE SECTION, EXPOSING .

Determine the extent of the damage. See BODY SIDE .

Fig. 39: Removing/Installing A-Pillar (1 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 40: Removing/Installing A-Pillar (2 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Use: Insulation foam, 3M 08463

Fig. 41: Removing/Installing A-Pillar (3 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 42: Removing/Installing A-Pillar (4 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 43: Removing/Installing A-Pillar (5 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 44: Removing/Installing A-Pillar (6 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 45: Removing/Installing A-Pillar (7 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 46: Removing/Installing A-Pillar (8 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the side door's hinges. See DOOR HALF HINGE

Seal the A-pillar. See BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM .

Rustproof the A-pillar. See RUSTPROOFING .

Install the side section. See SIDE SECTION, EXPOSING .

B-POST

Materials:
Designation Part number
2-component foam 3M 08463

Remove the following items:

 rear fender. See FENDER


 sill molding. See BODY SILL REINFORCEMENT

Welding body components. See WELDING, GENERAL

Determine the extent of the damage. See BODY SIDE .


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 47: 2-component foam, 3M 08463


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Use: 2-component foam, 3M 08463

To install, reverse the removal procedure

BODY SIDE INNER

Welding body components. See WELDING, GENERAL

Remove the following items:

 side section, exposing. See SIDE SECTION, EXPOSING


 rear section, exposing. See REAR SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009) or REAR SECTION,
EXPOSING (2010-2012) .
 B-pillar. See B-POST

Determine the extent of the damage on the body side. See BODY SIDE

Determine the extent of the damage on the rear section. See REAR SECTION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 48: Removing Body Side Inner Section (1 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 49: Removing Body Side Inner Section (2 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 50: Removing Body Side Inner Section (3 Of 3)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Seal. See BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM

Rust proof. See RUSTPROOFING

BODY SILL REINFORCEMENT

Welding body components. See WELDING, GENERAL

Remove. See SIDE SECTION, EXPOSING

Determine the extent of the damage. See BODY SIDE .

Fig. 51: Alternative Sill Molding Cutting Points


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Alternative sill molding cutting points.

Fig. 52: View Of Sill Molding Reinforcement Assembly


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

replaced.

Remove the following items:

 Rear fender. See FENDER


 B-pillar. See B-POST
 A-pillar. See A-PILLAR

Alternative cutting points.

Fig. 53: Identifying Body Sill Weld Points (1 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 54: Identifying Body Sill Weld Points (2 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the following items:

 B-pillar. See B-POST


 A-pillar. See A-PILLAR
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

 Rear fender. See FENDER

Seal. See BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM .

Rust proof. See RUSTPROOFING

Install the side section. See SIDE SECTION, EXPOSING .

REAR SECTION, REAR SHELF


BACK PIECE INNER

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING COMPONENTS AND ASCERTAINING THE DAMAGE

Remove:

 parts according to: REAR SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009) or REAR SECTION, EXPOSING
(2010-2012) .
 the outer rear section, see TAIL SECTION EXTERNAL
 the rear bumper rail. See: REAR BUMPER RAIL.

Determine the extent of the damage. See REAR SECTION

HINT: Save color edges that indicate where the panels are located. This will make aligning easier.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE INNER REAR SECTION

Drill off the spot welds and the bead welds.

Pry off the inner rear section.

Grind clean.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE INNER REAR SECTION


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 55: Installing Inner Rear Section


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Apply welding primer.

Spot-weld the replacement part. Tip diameter Ø 4, 5 mm.

Also, see WELDING, GENERAL .

Weld the load eyelets into place.

Install:

 the rear bumper rail, see REAR BUMPER RAIL


 the outer rear section, see TAIL SECTION EXTERNAL.

Seal. See: BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM .

Rustproof. See: RUSTPROOFING .

Install components. See: REAR SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009) or REAR SECTION, EXPOSING
(2010-2012) .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

TAIL SECTION EXTERNAL

Materials:
Designation Part number
Insulation foam 3M 08643

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove the rear section. See REAR SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009) or REAR SECTION,
EXPOSING (2010-2012) .

Determine the extent of the damage. See REAR SECTION

Fig. 56: Removing External Tail Section (1 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Alternative cutting points.

Welding body components. See WELDING, GENERAL


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 57: Removing External Tail Section (2 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Use: Insulation foam, 3M 08643

Fig. 58: Removing External Tail Section (3 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Seal, see BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM

Apply rustproofing agent. See RUSTPROOFING .

Check the vehicle's whiplash system. See COLLISION PROTECTION UNIT FROM BEHIND FRONT
SEAT CHECK

TAIL SECTION, SIDE

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING COMPONENTS AND ASCERTAINING THE DAMAGE

Remove:

 parts according to: REAR SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009) or REAR SECTION, EXPOSING
(2010-2012) .
 the rear bumper rail, see: REAR BUMPER RAIL.

Determine the extent of the damage. See REAR SECTION .


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

REMOVING THE REAR SECTION SIDE

Fig. 59: Removing Rear Section Side


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Joints should be used to limit the painted surfaces on the rear fender.

Grind and drill out the spot welds and bead welds.

Pry off the side rear section.

Grind clean.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE SIDE REAR SECTION


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 60: Installing Side Rear Section


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Apply welding primer.

Secure the replacement part.

Spot-weld the replacement part. Tip diameter: Ø 4.5 mm.

Also, see WELDING, GENERAL .

Seam-weld as shown in the illustration:

(1) = 65 mm

(2) = 85 mm

Seal. See: BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM .

Rust-proof. See: RUSTPROOFING .

Install:
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - Removal, replacement and installation

 the rear bumper rail. See: REAR BUMPER RAIL.


 parts according to: REAR SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009) or REAR SECTION, EXPOSING
(2010-2012) .

NOTE: Check the whiplash system in the vehicle, seeCOLLISION PROTECTION UNIT
FROM BEHIND FRONT SEAT CHECK .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB

Body Frame - General Information

BODY REPAIR
BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM

Materials:
Designation Part number
Seal 1161767
Spray sealant 1161651
Seal 3M 08115
Soundproofing 68117640
2-component foam 3M 08463

SEALING PRODUCTS

Fig. 1: Using Seal, 1161767


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

1. Weatherstrip

When replacing sheet metal parts, the joints between the different sheet metal parts shall be sealed according to
illustration

Use: Seal, 1161767


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

Fig. 2: Spray sealant, 1161651


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

2. Spray sealant

The putty can be applied in a bead, be sprayed in a thin layer or brushed on with a paintbrush.

Use: Spray sealant, 1161651

When applying in a bead this type of putty is very difficult to rework since the putty has a loose texture. The
putty restores the vehicle to production-like version after body work.

Fig. 3: Seal, 3M 08115


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

3. Seal that can be sanded

Use at visible joints, such as the joint between the roof sill and roof panel.

Use: Seal, 3M 08115


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

3M 08115 is not approved as a substitute for Volvo bodywork adhesive.

If 3M 08115 is not available, then sealing compound with the following properties should be used:

 -flows out without running


 -has the correct hardness
 -can be sanded when hardened
 -has the correct flexibility.

Fig. 4: Soundproofing, 68117640


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

4. Foam rubber replacement soft (soundproofing foam)

Soundproofing foam is installed in hollow spaces to counteract propagation of sound in the body. There are 2
types of approved soundproofing foam:

Volvo's soundproofing foam consists of a wax-treated cylinder 50x50 mm. It can be compressed for
installation between metal parts. Several cylinders can be used if one is not enough.

Use: Soundproofing, 68117640

3M ' 2-component foam starts to foam when the components are mixed. The foam is suitable for filling of
larger hollow spaces and can be applied between the roof bow and the roof panel. Follow the supplier's
instructions for application.

Use: 2-component foam, 3M 08463

RUSTPROOFING

Special tool
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

Tool number: T9814075


Tool description: SPRAY GUN
Tool boards:

T9814076 SPRAY GUN


Tool number: T9814076
Tool description: SPRAY GUN
Tool boards:

Materials:
Designation Part number
Cavity protection 1161682
Stone-chip protection 1161815
Underbody protection 116 1298

PREPARATION

Fig. 5: Cavity protection, 1161682


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Rustproofing diagram for cavity protection

Attach the following items:

 see 9814075
 Use: Cavity protection, 1161682

Cavity protection is used for, e. g., weld seams and areas that have been reworked in other ways.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

Insert the hose in the cavity and spray at the same time as the hose is pulled out slowly.

If repairs are made to the body, the areas marked in the illustrations are to rustproof extra thoroughly.

Fig. 6: Identifying Areas Rustproofing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 7: Identifying Areas Rustproofing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

Fig. 8: Stone-chip protection, 1161815


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Rustproofing schedule for stone-chip protection

Use: Stone-chip protection, 1161815

Apply stonechip protection to the areas of the vehicle marked in blue in the illustration.

see 9814076 .

Fig. 9: Underbody protection, 1161298


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Rustproofing schedule for underbody protection

Use: Underbody protection, 1161298

Apply underbody protection to the areas of the vehicle marked in grey in the illustration.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

see 9814076

SHEET METAL, MATERIAL INFORMATION

STEEL, MATERIAL INFORMATION

Fig. 10: Identifying Sheet Metal, Material Information


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

Fig. 11: Identifying Steel, Material Information


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 12: Identifying Zinc Area


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

Fig. 13: Identifying Zinc Area


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

HSS (High Strength Steel) is a general term for steel material within a specific strength range.

The vehicles are built of different steel material, partly to optimize the body (impact safety, rigidity, fuel
economy, etc.) and partly to make it as repair-friendly as possible. The steel material is classified into four
different groups based on tensile strength, which is the force required to plastically deform the material.

 Mild steel (MS). Trade steel with highest tensile strength of 180 MPa.
 High tensile strength steels (HS). Steel with a tensile strength between 180 - 280 MPa.
 Very high tensile strength steels (VHS). Steel with a tensile strength between 280 - 380 MPa.
 Extra high tensile strength steels (EHS). Steel with a tensile strength between 380 - 800 MPa.
 Ultra High Strength steel (UHS). Steel with a tensile strength of more than 800 MPa.

CAUTION: HSS material must not be heated via gas welding or the like.

Mild Steel. This category of steel is used where use of a stronger steel is not necessary.

High Strength Steel There are three main types of steel in this category:

 Phosphorus-alloyed steel obtains is increase in strength with the help of the alloy matter phosphorus.
 HSLA steel (High Strength Low Alloy) is a low alloy steel in which the steel obtains its increase in
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

strength with the help of the alloy matter Vanadium, Niobium or Titanium.
 DP steel (Dual Phase) obtains its increase in strength through the thermal treatment that the steel
undergoes during manufacture. Then a two-phase structure of ferrite (iron) and martensite (carbon) is
formed. This steel loses its strength when exposed to temperatures above 300°C.

Extra High Strength Steel. This category contains both HSLA and DP steel, but the strength has been further
increased with greater additions of alloy substances.

Ultra High Strength Steel. There are two main types of steel in this category:

 DP-steel. Here, strength has been further increased with an advanced manufacturing process and with
higher additives of alloy substances.
 BORON steel obtains its strength through the use of the basic element boron and contains relatively large
amounts of carbon. The plate profiles are formed heated between the die cutter and die cushion, where the
material is also hardened. Due to its extremely high strength, it is difficult to straighten with good results.
Grinding or plasma cutting is recommended when replacing BORON steel components. BORON steel
welds well. It is not possible to galvanized BORON steel during the production process. It is therefore
very important to rustproof these components extra thoroughly.

CAUTION: BORON steel must not be straightened.

Fig. 14: Identifying Plastic, Material Information (Rear View)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

Fig. 15: Identifying Plastic, Material Information (Front View)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WELDING, GENERAL (2007-2011)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

GENERAL

Volvo bodies are manufactured to the highest quality. All bodywork repairs must therefore take place following
the same principles. Use light tools. Take care of the surface coating, electro dip (ED) and phosphating.

Always use welding primer between welded panel flanges.

PRIOR TO WELDING

CAUTION: Always remove the battery cables before welding in accordance with:
BATTERY DISCONNECTING AND CONNECTING .

CAUTION: Locate the welding ground connection as close as possible to the welding
point.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

CAUTION: If the welding must be carried out in the immediate vicinity of an electronic
unit then this must be removed.

ASSEMBLY

Spot welding is mainly used when the bodies are manufactured, and use of this method should always be aimed
for with a repair.

CAUTION: Gas welding must not be used on Volvo bodywork.

WARNING: Use ventilation / extraction equipment.

Unless otherwise specified in the method, the distance between the welds must be the same as the original
design.

Fig. 16: Identifying Welding Symbols


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

There are a number of other assembly methods that are illustrated with the following symbols:

1. Spot weld/spot weld with the location of the weld and lens diameter specified with color (may be
replaced with 2)
2. Plug weld (may be replaced with 1)
3. Seam weld/Seam weld with weld length specified in mm
4. Step weld/Step weld with weld length followed by length between welds specified in mm. Always start
and finish with the weld.
5. Tack weld
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

RESISTANCE SPOT WELDING

Resistance spot welding must primarily be used if the capacity of the welding equipment is matched to panel
thickness. When carrying out resistance spot welding, grind down to bare metal.

Clean the surfaces with Scotch-Brite or similar to minimize zinc and phosphating damage. Apply welding
primer between the panels.

NOTE: Always test weld in accordance with the method below. Always set the weld
according to panel quality

MAG WELDING

Punch replacement part for plug welding.

Select size of hole for plug welding according to the following panel thicknesses:

8 mm for thicknesses less than 2.5 mm

10 mm or more for thicknesses above 2.5 mm.

Fig. 17: Identifying Welding Lens Diameter


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Test weld several test pieces. Break the panels apart and measure the size of the welding lens diameter (A), see
illustration.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

Fig. 18: Identifying Proper Spot Welds On Both Panels


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Use welding primer on all internal flanges.

Add filling primer if there is grinding damage.

CAUTION: Make sure that the spot welds take properly on both panels.

Fig. 19: Grinding Properly And Improperly


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Grind down the plug weld.

CAUTION: Only grind welds, not the adjacent panel.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

WELDING, GENERAL (2012)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

GENERAL

Volvo bodies are manufactured to the highest quality. All bodywork repairs must therefore take place following
the same principles. Use light tools. Take care of the surface coating, electro dip (ED) and phosphating.

Always use welding primer between welded panel flanges.

PRIOR TO WELDING

CAUTION: Always remove the battery cables before welding in accordance with:
BATTERY DISCONNECTING AND CONNECTING .

CAUTION: Locate the welding ground connection as close as possible to the welding
point.

CAUTION: If the welding must be carried out in the immediate vicinity of an electronic
unit then this must be removed.

ASSEMBLY

Spot welding is mainly used when the bodies are manufactured, and use of this method should always be aimed
for with a repair.

CAUTION: Gas welding must not be used on Volvo bodywork.

WARNING: Use ventilation / extraction equipment.

Unless otherwise specified in the method, the distance between the welds must be the same as the original
design.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

Fig. 20: Identifying Welding Symbols


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

There are a number of other assembly methods that are illustrated with the following symbols:

1. Spot weld/spot weld with the location of the weld and lens diameter specified with color (may be
replaced with 2)
2. Plug weld (may be replaced with 1)
3. Seam weld/Seam weld with weld length specified in mm
4. Step weld/Step weld with weld length followed by length between welds specified in mm. Always start
and finish with the weld.
5. Tack weld
6. Glue.

RESISTANCE SPOT WELDING

Resistance spot welding must primarily be used if the capacity of the welding equipment is matched to panel
thickness. When carrying out resistance spot welding, grind down to bare metal.

Clean the surfaces with Scotch-Brite or similar to minimize zinc and phosphating damage. Apply welding
primer between the panels.

NOTE: Always test weld in accordance with the method below. Always set the weld
according to panel quality

MAG WELDING

Punch replacement part for plug welding.

Select size of hole for plug welding according to the following panel thicknesses:
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

8 mm for thicknesses less than 2.5 mm

10 mm or more for thicknesses above 2.5 mm.

Fig. 21: Identifying Welding Lens Diameter


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Test weld several test pieces. Break the panels apart and measure the size of the welding lens diameter (A), see
illustration.

Fig. 22: Identifying Proper Spot Welds On Both Panels


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Use welding primer on all internal flanges.

Add filling primer if there is grinding damage.

CAUTION: Make sure that the spot welds take properly on both panels.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Body Frame - General Information

Fig. 23: Grinding Properly And Improperly


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Grind down the plug weld.

CAUTION: Only grind welds, not the adjacent panel.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB General - Removal, replacement and installation

ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB

General - Removal, replacement and installation

DISMANTLING WORK PRIOR TO BODY REPAIR


FRONT SECTION, EXPOSING

Remove the following items:

 Front fender. See FENDER


 Bottom sill. See BODY SILL REINFORCEMENT
 Bumper front. See COVER BUMPER FRONT (2007 - 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER FRONT
(2011 LATE - 2012) .
 Fender widener. See FRONT FENDER WIDENER
 Wire hood lock. See WIRE LOCK ENGINE HOOD
 Hinge engine hood. See HOOD HINGE
 Radiator grille. See RADIATOR GRILLE (2007 - 2011 EARLY) or RADIATOR GRILLE (2011
LATE - 2012) .
 Headlights. See HEADLAMPS (2007-2009) , HEADLAMPS (2010 - 2011 EARLY) , or
HEADLAMPS (2011 LATE - 2012) .
 Fog lights front. See FRONT FOG LIGHTS (2007-2009) , FRONT FOG LIGHTS (2010 - 2011
EARLY) , or FRONT FOG LIGHTS (2011 LATE - 2012) .
 Front section.
 Auxiliary heater. See FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER
 Radiator. See COOLING SYSTEM - REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
 Servo pump. See STEERING - REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
 Dashboard. See DASHBOARD
 Driver's airbag (SRS). See DRIVER'S AIRBAG
 Passenger airbag (SRS). See AIRBAG, PASSENGER SIDE
 Engine/transmission. See ENGINE - REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

SIDE SECTION, EXPOSING

REMOVAL

Remove the following items:

 Body sill reinforcement, see BODY SILL REINFORCEMENT


 A-pillar trim panel, see A-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
 B-pillar trim panel, see B-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
C-pillar trim panel, see C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB General - Removal, replacement and installation

 side door, see SIDE DOOR


 Inflatable curtain, see INFLATABLE CURTAIN (2010-2012)
 Front fender widener, see FRONT FENDER WIDENER
 fender extension rear, see REAR FENDER WIDENER
 The front sill trim panel, see THE FRONT SILL TRIM PANEL
 The rear sill trim panel, see THE REAR SILL TRIM PANEL
 Sill panel, see SILL PANEL
 Front seat, see FRONT SEAT
 Side window fixed, rear, see FIXED SIDE WINDOW
 the dashboard, see DASHBOARD

ROOF SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009)

REMOVAL

Remove the following items:

 A-pillar trim panel, see A-PILLAR TRIM PANEL


 B-pillar trim panel, see B-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
 C-pillar trim panel, see C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
 Headlining with sun roof, see HEADLINING WITH SUN ROOF
 Side window fixed, rear, see FIXED SIDE WINDOW
 tailgate, see TAILGATE
 Inflatable curtain, see INFLATABLE CURTAIN (2010-2012)
 Wind deflector sunroof, see WIND DEFLECTOR SUNROOF
 Glass sun roof, see GLASS SUN ROOF
 Windshield, see WINDSHIELD

ROOF SECTION, EXPOSING (2010-2012)

REMOVAL

Remove the following items:

 A-pillar trim panel, see A-PILLAR TRIM PANEL


 B-pillar trim panel, see B-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
 C-pillar trim panel, see C-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
 headlining
 Side window fixed, rear, see FIXED SIDE WINDOW
 tailgate, see TAILGATE
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB General - Removal, replacement and installation

 Inflatable curtain, see INFLATABLE CURTAIN


 Glass sun roof, see GLASS SUN ROOF
 Wind deflector sunroof, see WIND DEFLECTOR SUNROOF
 Windshield, see WINDSHIELD

REAR SECTION, EXPOSING (2007-2009)

REMOVAL

Remove the following items:

 tailgate, see TAILGATE


 Side panel loadspace, see SIDE PANEL LOADSPACE
 Rear bumper rail, see REAR BUMPER RAIL
 tank hatch, see FUEL TANK FILLER COVER
 Door latch fuel filler door, see DOOR LATCH FUEL FILLER DOOR
 Side window fixed, rear, see FIXED SIDE WINDOW
 Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section, see REAR BUMPER COVER LOWER SECTION (2007-2009)
 Rear Bumper Cover Upper Section, see REAR BUMPER COVER UPPER SECTION

REAR SECTION, EXPOSING (2010-2012)

REMOVAL

Remove the following items:

 tailgate, see TAILGATE


 Side panel loadspace, see SIDE PANEL LOADSPACE
 Rear bumper rail, see REAR BUMPER RAIL
 Cover bumper rear, see COVER BUMPER REAR (2007 - 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER
REAR (2011 LATE - 2012)
 tank hatch, see FUEL TANK FILLER COVER
 Door latch fuel filler door, see DOOR LATCH FUEL FILLER DOOR
 Side window fixed, rear, see FIXED SIDE WINDOW
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Brake Control System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

BRAKES

Brake Control System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE (ANTI-SKID) (2007-12)


ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM MODULE (ABS)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove battery. See BATTERY

Fig. 1: Identifying Anti-Lock Brakes And Brake Pipe


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the following items:

1. Torque: Anti-lock brakes

14 Nm

2. Torque: Brake pipe M12 with wrench size 11mm

14 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Brake Control System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 2: Identifying M5 Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Make sure that the mating faces are clean and free of foreign material.

Torque: M5

5 Nm

Remove hydraulic unit brake system. See HYDRAULIC UNIT BRAKE SYSTEM

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Order and download software according to 30667171

Calibrate according to VIDA/DIAGNOSTICS/VEHICLE COMMUNICATION/Advanced/BCM/Calibration


(only vehicles with DSTC) using Volvo specific VIDA scan tool.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE (ANTI-SKID) (2011-12)


HYDRAULIC UNIT BRAKE SYSTEM

REMOVAL

VEHICLES WITH STABILITY ASSIST

Perform anti-lock brake system module (ABS). See ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM MODULE (ABS)
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Brake Control System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 3: Identifying Hydraulic Unit Brake System


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: When installing this component, do not download any new software.

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

BRAKES

Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

METAL PEDALS
METAL PEDALS

Fig. 1: Removing Original Covers (Manual Transmissions)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Graphic above applies to cars with manual transmissions. Graphic below applies to cars with automatic
transmissions

 Remove the rubber covers from the pedals by grasping the upper edge and pulling backwards.
 Clean, if necessary, all pedal surfaces where the new rubber covers will be positioned.

Fig. 2: Removing Original Cover (Automatic Transmissions)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 3: Opening the Tabs


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take the accelerator pedal's metal trimmed rubber cover from the kit.
 Hold as shown and fold out the three tabs.

Fig. 4: Fitting New Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Hook the cover at the upper edge, at the same time hold the tabs and pull downwards.
 Press the cover firmly onto the pedal.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 5: Securing New Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Pull the tabs down slightly and check that the edges of the cover surround the pedal edges. Pull the cover
to ensure that it is secure.

APPLIES TO CARS WITH MANUAL TRANSMISSIONS

Fig. 6: Identifying Spacers


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take the two spacer washers from the kit.


 Carefully separate the two covers from each other.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 7: Peeling Protective Film


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the protective film from both covers. Ensure that the surfaces of the pedals are clean.

Fig. 8: Positioning Covers


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Place the two covers, which have markings, in the recesses on the clutch and brake pedal and press
securely. The thicker part of the covers must point downwards.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 9: Opening the Tabs


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take one of the remaining covers from the kit.


 Hold as shown and fold out the three tabs.

Fig. 10: Fitting New Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Hook the cover at the upper edge, at the same time hold the tabs and pull downwards.
 Press the cover firmly onto the pedal.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 11: Securing New Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Pull the tabs down slightly and check that the edges of the cover surround the pedal edges. Pull the cover
to ensure that it is secure.
 Repeat steps 8-10 for the remaining pedal.

APPLIES TO CARS WITH AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS

Fig. 12: Removing Protective Film


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take the two spacer washers from the kit. Remove the protective film from the covers. Ensure that the
surfaces of the pedals are clean.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 13: Positioning Spacers


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Position the longer cover, which has markings, in the recess on the brake pedal and press securely. The
thicker part of the cover must point downwards.

Fig. 14: Opening the Tabs


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take the brake pedal's metal trimmed rubber cover from the kit.
 Hold as shown and fold out the three tabs.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 15: Fitting the Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Hook the cover onto the right-hand shorter side of the pedal, at the same time hold the tabs and pull to the
left and downwards.
 Press the cover firmly onto the pedal.

Fig. 16: Securing the Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Pull the tabs down slightly and check that the edges of the cover surround the pedal edges. Pull the cover
to ensure that it is secure.

BRAKE PEDALS
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 17: Identifying The Pedals


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Sport pedals

Equipment

Fig. 18: Weatherstrip Tool


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Kit contents
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 19: Identify the Kit Contents


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 20: Kit for Manual Transmission


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

Fig. 21: Verify Clean Surfaces


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Clean the surface.

Fig. 22: Removing Original Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 23: New Cover Fully in Place


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 24: Use Mirror to Check


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: Using a mirror check that the pedal rubber covers the edges of the pedal.

CARS WITH AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS

Fig. 25: Removing Brake Pedal Pad


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

The part(s) are not to be reused.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 26: Installing New Pad


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Hook the pedal rubber onto the pedal at the lower edge and pull the pedal rubber upward.

Fig. 27: Use Tool As Needed


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Press the pedal rubber towards the pedal and at the same time fold the pedal rubber's profile over the pedal
using a straightening tool.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 28: Verify With Mirror


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: Using a mirror check that the pedal rubber covers the edges of the pedal.

CARS WITH MANUAL TRANSMISSIONS

Fig. 29: Remove Original Pad


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

The part(s) are not to be reused.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 30: Installing New Pad


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Hook the pedal rubber onto the pedal at the lower edge and pull the pedal rubber upward.

Fig. 31: Use Tool as Needed


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Press the pedal rubber towards the pedal and at the same time fold the pedal rubber's profile over the pedal
using a straightening tool.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
BRAKES Hydraulic-Vacuum-Hydraulic Brakes - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 32: Verify with Mirror


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: Using a mirror check that the pedal rubber covers the edges of the pedal.

LEFT HAND DRIVE VEHICLES

Repeat method steps for the clutch pedal.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT

Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

DECOR PANEL (2009-12)


DECOR PANEL

NOTE: The panel is installed the same way on cars with or without fog lamps. Car with
fog lamps shown. Carry out the work at a temperature of at least 20°C (68°F). Do
not use the vehicle within 2 hours after doing the work. Do not wash the vehicle
within 48 hours after doing the work.

APPLIES TO CARS WITHOUT ENGINE BLOCK HEATERS

Fig. 1: Prying Off Panel At Lower Edge


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Carefully pry off the panel at the lower edge and remove it.

APPLIES TO CARS WITH ELECTRIC ENGINE HEATERS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 2: Identifying Left Front Wheel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Cars with 4-cyl. engines

 Remove the left front wheel.

Cars with 5-cyl. engines

 Remove both the front wheels.

Fig. 3: Identifying Underside Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 4: Removing Wheel Arch Lining Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the screws and the plastic nut from the left-hand inner wing.

Fig. 5: Removing Wheel Arch Lining


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

APPLIES TO CARS WITH 4-CYL. ENGINES WHERE AN ELECTRIC ENGINE HEATER IS INSTALLED
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 6: Pressing Locking Sleeve Over Cable Splice


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the lock sleeve over the joint to the engine heater's cable on the left side by the stay on the sub-
frame.
 Unplug the connectors.

Fig. 7: Identifying Cable Pressed Into Previously Installed Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Loosen the cable from the double clamp (1) at the brake pipe and from clamps along the side member's
underside.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 8: Identifying Ground Lead With Screw And Toothed Washer


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Disconnect the ground lead from the outside of the side member.

Fig. 9: Identifying Tie Strap


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the cable tie at the left-hand lower bracket of the radiator.

APPLIES TO CARS WITH 5-CYL. ENGINES WHERE AN ELECTRIC ENGINE HEATER IS INSTALLED
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 10: Identifying Locking Sleeve


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the lock sleeve over the joint to the engine heater's cable on the right side by the stay on the sub-
frame.
 Unplug the connectors.

Applies to cars for USA

 For cars to the USA there is no splice (joint) on the cable. Then this is loosened instead by the engine
heater.

Fig. 11: Identifying Double Clamp


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Loosen the cable from the double clamp on the brake pipe on the right side in the engine compartment.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 12: Identifying Tie Strap


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the cable tie that holds the cable to the cable harness at the top in the engine compartment.

Fig. 13: Loosening Cable From Clips Along Metal Edge In Engine Compartment
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Loosen the cable from the clips along the metal edge in the trailing edge of the engine compartment.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 14: Identifying Double Clamp


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Loosen the cable from the double clamp by the brake pipe in the top edge of the bulkhead on the left side.

Fig. 15: Identifying Cable Pressed Into Previously Installed Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Loosen the cable from the double clamp (1) at the brake pipe and from clamps along the side member's
underside.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 16: Identifying Ground Lead With Screw And Toothed Washer
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Disconnect the ground lead from the outside of the side member.

Fig. 17: Identifying Tie Strap


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the cable tie at the left-hand lower bracket of the radiator.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 18: Prying Off Panel At Lower Edge


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Carefully pry off the panel at the lower edge and remove it.

Fig. 19: Identifying Panel And Cable From Bumper Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the panel and cable from the bumper cover.


 Remove the cable from the panel.

APPLIES TO ALL MODELS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 20: Cleaning Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 21: Enlarging Markings On Inside Of Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Enlarge the markings on the inside of the panel.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 22: Drilling Out Holes


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Drill out the four holes according to the markings.

Fig. 23: Cleaning Outside Of Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Clean the outside of the panel using isopropanol opposite where the securing tape on the new panel ends
up.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 24: Identifying Protective Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the protective tape from the new panel.

Fig. 25: Identifying Tape


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 26: Identifying Spacer Washers


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Secure the spacer washers around the tree studs on the new panel.

Fig. 27: Inserting Studs Into Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Insert the studs into the new panel in the holes on the old one, and secure. Press opposite the securing
tape.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 28: Identifying Locking Washers


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Position the panel on a surface that will not damage it when pressing the
locking washers into place.

 Take the four locking washers and press them onto the four studs. Use a small nut socket with socket
extension to press the locking washers into place.

APPLIES TO CARS WITH ENGINE BLOCK HEATERS

Fig. 29: Identifying Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

APPLIES TO CARS WITH ELECTRIC ENGINE HEATERS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 30: Inserting Cable Into New Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Insert the cable through to the engine heater. Ensure the connector is turned so that the cover's sides are
parallel with the plates in the panel and that the cover opens from the panel's left-hand side.
 Tighten the connector.

Fig. 31: Open Connector Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 32: Installing Cable And Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Insert the cable through the hole for the panel.

Fig. 33: Install Wheel To Wheel Hub


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Reinstall and clamp the loose cables to the heater.

Tightening torque:

1. Step 1: Wheel to wheel hub, 20 Nm


2. Step 2: Wheel to wheel hub, 110 Nm.

 Repeat appropriate steps for the other decor panel.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

PROTECTION, REAR BUMPER (2007-12)


PROTECTION, REAR BUMPER

NOTE: The surface must be at a temperature of at least 20°C (68°F) when work is
carried out. Do not use the vehicle for at least two hours after work has been
carried out. Do not wash the vehicle for at least 48 hours after work has been
carried out.

Fig. 34: Identifying Bumper Casing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Open the boot lid.


 Wash the bumper casing and wipe dry.

Fig. 35: Marking Center Between Middle Ribs Using Tape


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

 Take the bumper cover from the kit. Mark the center between the middle ribs using a piece of tape.

Fig. 36: Applying Tape And Marking Center Of Bumper Casing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Apply a piece of tape and mark the center of the bumper casing as shown.

Fig. 37: Identifying Bumper Cover Centering


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Center the bumper cover according to the pieces of tape and measure the dimensions as shown.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 38: Applying Pieces Of Tape To Mark Out Dimensions


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Apply pieces of tape to mark out the dimensions.

Fig. 39: Cleaning Marked Surface


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the bumper cover.


 Clean the marked surface using isopropanol and wipe dry.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 40: Identifying Protective Tape


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the protective tape from one side.

Fig. 41: Identifying Bumper Cover Center Marking


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Position the bumper cover center marking and the outer corner on the side that had the protective tape
removed, at the markings on the bumper cover. Fold down the bumper cover towards the bumper casing,
at the same time as securing the bumper cover into place.
 Remove the protective tape from the other side. Align it with the remaining tape markings and press the
bumper cover into place.
 Remove the pieces of tape.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 42: Identifying Bumper Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Press the bumper cover towards the bumper casing over the entire surface.

NOTE: Do not use the vehicle for at least two hours after work has been carried out.

NOTE: Do not wash the vehicle for at least 48 hours after work has been carried out.

PROTECTIVE PLATE, BENEATH THE ENGINE (2010-12)


PROTECTIVE PLATE, BENEATH THE ENGINE

APPLIES TO ALL MODELS

Fig. 43: Identifying Engine Splash Guard Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

 Remove the screws for the engine splash guard and remove it.
 The two screws (1) will be reused, place the others to one side.

Fig. 44: View Of Subframe Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the five clips in the subframe and bracket for the radiator. They will not be reused.

APPLIES TO ALL CARS WITH 5 CYL. ENGINES

Fig. 45: Identifying Wood Positioned Inside Radiator Bracket


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Position three thin pieces of wood, plastic or metal on the inside of the radiator bracket. One opposite the
hole in the centre and one above the hole to the right. Place the third piece to the left of the left-hand hole.
This is to protect components in the connection to the radiator bracket when drilling holes.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 46: View Of Covered Engine Bay


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Cover the underneath of the engine with cardboard or similar, so that drilling shavings does not blow up
into the engine compartment.

NOTE: Do not drill out the front hole to the left. A new hole will be drilled to the
side of it later.

 Carefully drill out the four holes where the clips were located. Use tool P/N 9814112 .
 File down the edges of the holes.
 Remove any shavings.

NOTE: Rustproof the hole edges thoroughly.

 Remove the cover from under the engine.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 47: Identifying Tool P/N 9512782


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Rivet the nuts in the drilled holes. Use tool part no. 9512782 .

Fig. 48: View Of New Protective Plate Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Install the new protective plate for marking and drilling holes for the left front mounting.
 At final attachment stage of the protective plate, the two screws must have two spacer washers each
between the mounting lugs and the subframe. This is not required at this stage.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 49: View Of Radiator Bracket Drill Hole


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take a 8.5 mm (21/64") drill bit and drill through the hole in the engine's protective plate and through the
bracket for the radiator.
 Remove the engine splash guard.

Fig. 50: Identifying Tool P/N 9814112


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Cover the underneath of the engine opposite the last hole with cardboard or similar, so that drilling
shavings does not blow up into the engine compartment.
 Carefully drill out the last hole. Use tool P/N 9814112 .
 File down the edge of the hole.
 Remove any shavings.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

NOTE: Rustproof the hole edge thoroughly.

 Remove the cover from under the engine.

Fig. 51: Identifying Tool P/N 9512782


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Rivet the nut in the drilled hole. Use tool part no. 9512782 .
 Remove the three pieces of wood, plastic or metal from the inside of the radiator bracket.

Fig. 52: Identifying Engine Splash Guard Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Install the engine splash guard using two existing screws and the five screws with washers from the kit
according to the diagram.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

NOTE: The two rear screws must have two spacer washers each between the mounting
lug and the subframe as shown.

Fig. 53: View Of Washers Between Mounting Lug And Subframe


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 54: Identifying M8 Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Torque tighten the M8 screws.

APPLIES TO CARS WITH 4 CYL. ENGINES


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 55: Identifying Splash Guard Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the screws for the engine splash guard and remove it.
 The two screws (1) will be reused, place the others to one side.

Fig. 56: Identifying Subframe Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the five clips in the subframe and bracket for the radiator. They will not be reused.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 57: View Of Inner Wing Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the screws at the rear edge of the inner wings on both sides.

Fig. 58: Identifying Cover For Nozzles For Headlamp Washers


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the covers for the nozzles for the headlamp washers on the right and left-hand sides. Carefully
grip the cover. Pull the cover out until the catch becomes accessible.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 59: Identifying Catch Pressed Up


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Press the catch up. Remove the cover. Do not damage the painted surfaces or the washer nozzles.

Fig. 60: Prying Off Corner Of Bumper Cover Using Weatherstrip Tool
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Apply a piece of tape to the panel of the wing edge to protect it.
 Carefully pry off the corner of the bumper cover using a weatherstrip tool until the three hooks on the
inside release.
 Repeat the operation on the other side.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 61: Identifying Locating Lugs


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Pull the bumper cover at the lower edge slightly to access the locating lugs on top of the radiator.
 Cut off the two locating lugs where the two first holes are to be drilled.
 Reinstall the bumper cover.

Fig. 62: View Of Cutting The Right-Hand Side


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 shows cutting on the right-hand side.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 63: View Of Cutting The Left-Hand Side


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 shows cutting on the left-hand side.

Fig. 64: View Of Cardboard Covering Rear Edge Engine Bay


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Cover the underneath of the engine at the rear edge with cardboard or similar, so that drilling shavings
does not blow up into the engine compartment.
 Carefully drill out the two holes at the rear edge where the clips were located. Use tool P/N 9814112 .
 File down the edges of the holes.
 Remove any shavings.

NOTE: Rustproof the hole edges thoroughly.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

 Remove the cover from under the engine.

Fig. 65: Identifying Tool P/N 9512782


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Rivet the nuts in the drilled holes. Use tool part no. 9512782 .

Fig. 66: View Of Splash Guard Center Line Marking


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Measure the center line between both rectangles where the old engine splash guard center front screw was
and make a cross marking.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 67: View Of Radiator Bracket Marking


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Make a longitudinal marking 8.5 mm (21/64") from the front edge and on the radiator bracket opposite
where the locating lug was cut off.
 Do the same on the other side where the other locating lug was cut off.

Fig. 68: Identifying Splash Guard Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take workshop lift part no. 9985972 and fixture part no. 9995972 and use it as a support when handling
the engine splash guard in the following points.
 Position the engine splash guard on the lift and raise it towards the subframe.
 Secure it in the two rear holes using screws and washers from the kit. One washer under the screw head
and two washers between the panel and the subframe for each mounting.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Do not tighten too hard as the engine splash guard must be adjusted at the front edge according to the
made markings.

Fig. 69: Identifying Splash Guard Screw And Washer Kit


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 70: View Of Splash Guard Front Mounting Holes


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Center the engine splash guard's two front mounting holes and the center hole above the made markings.
 Press up the workshop lift slightly so that the panel does not rub.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 71: View Of Left Front And The Center Mounting Hole
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Now take a loose drill bit with the same diameter as the holes in the front mounting holes and rotate to
create a marking on the longitudinal markings.

NOTE: take care when marking the two front hole. Drill the large holes on the
narrow panel edge.

 Remove the engine splash guard after marking.

Fig. 72: View Of Both Right-Hand Front Mounting Holes


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Previous graphic shows the left front and the center mounting hole.
 Graphic above shows both right-hand front mounting holes.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 73: View Of Left-Hand Hole Drill Mark


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Use a smooth drill bit head and ensure that the drill bit does not slip off the
surface to be drilled, the surface is small in relation to the completed size of the
hole.

 Make a clear punch mark in the center of the marking for both front holes.
 Cover part of the underneath of engine compartment to prevent shavings from being blown up.
 Pre-drill with a 4 mm (5/32") drill bit, then a 8 mm (5/16") drill bit and finally with drill bit part no.
9814112 . Use a drill stop to prevent drilling through parts above.
 Remove any shavings.

NOTE: Rustproof the hole edges thoroughly and as well any scriber markings.

 Remove the cover from under the engine.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 74: View Of Right-Hand Hole Drill Mark


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Previous graphic applies to the left-hand hole.


 Graphic above applies to the right-hand hole.

Fig. 75: Identifying Tool P/N 9512782


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Rivet the nuts in the drilled holes. Use tool part no. 9512782 .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 76: View Of Protective Plate Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Install the new protective plate for marking and drilling the three holes in the mounting.

At final attachment stage of the protective plate, the two screws must have two spacer washers each
between the mounting lugs and the subframe. This is not required at this stage.

Fig. 77: View Of Splash Guard And Radiator Bracket Drill Holes
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take a drill bit with the same diameter as the three holes in the engine splash guard. Use a drill stop.
 Carefully drill out the three holes through the holes in the engine splash guard and radiator bracket.
 Remove the engine splash guard.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 78: Identifying Drill Bit P/N 9814112


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Install the cover beneath the engine.


 Take drill bit part no. 9814112 and carefully drill out the three holes.
 File down the edges of the holes.
 Remove any shavings.

NOTE: Rustproof the hole edges thoroughly and as well any scriber markings.

 Remove the cover from under the engine.

Fig. 79: Identifying Rivet Nuts In Drill Holes


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 80: Identifying Engine Splash Guard Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Install the engine splash guard using two existing screws and the seven screws with washers from the kit
according to the diagram.

NOTE: The two rear screws must have two spacer washers each between the mounting
lug and the subframe as shown below.

Fig. 81: View Of Mounting Lug And Subframe Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 82: Tightening Splash Guard With Torque Specifications


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Torque tighten the M8 screws.

APPLIES TO THE C30

Fig. 83: Identifying Front Bumper Inner Wing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

APPLIES TO ALL MODELS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 84: Identifying Front Bumper Inner Wing Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 85: View Of Nozzle Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

SIDE SCUFF PLATE (2009-12)


SIDE SCUFF PLATE

NOTE: Some steps in these installation instructions are presented with graphic only.

APPLIES TO ALL MODELS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 86: Identifying Ignition Key In 0 Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Set the ignition key to position 0 .

NOTE: Wait at least one minute before unplugging the connectors or removing other
electrical equipment.

Fig. 87: Cleaning Door Sills


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Clean the door sills thoroughly on both sides, even underneath.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 88: Cleaning Door Sill Panels


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Clean the door sill panels where the decor panel's cradle is to sit on both sides using isopropanol.
 Wipe dry.

APPLIES TO VEHICLES WITH DRIVE E

Fig. 89: Drilling Out Rivets


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Carefully drill out the rivets.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 90: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 91: Identifying Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the panel.


 Remove the remains of the rivets.

APPLIES TO ALL MODELS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 92: Identifying Protective Tape


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take the cradles for one side from the kit.

The cradles are marked out and only fit in one place.

Start with the front cradle on one side.

 Remove the protective tape from the two pieces of mounting tape.

Fig. 93: Aligning Front Edge Of Cradle At Rear Edge Of Joint Between Front And Rear Door Sill Panel
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Align the front edge of the cradle at the rear edge of the joint between the front and rear door sill panel.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

NOTE: Ensure that the tape does not adhere yet. At the same time hook the cradle
at the upper edge on the door sill panel with the hooks.

 Press the middle of the pieces of mounting tape.

Fig. 94: Drilling Out Marked Out Holes In Cradle


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Drill out the six marked out holes in the cradle using a 6 mm (15/64") drill bit.
 Remove any shavings.

Fig. 95: Riveting Holder To Door Sill Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take pop rivets from the kit. Rivet the holder to the door sill panel.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 96: Identifying Protective Tape


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the protective tape from the pieces of mounting tape on the rear cradle.

Fig. 97: Aligning Lugs At Front Edge In Rear Cradle In Holes At Front
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Align the lugs at the front edge in the rear cradle in the holes at the front.

NOTE: Ensure that the tape does not adhere yet.

 At the same time, hook the holder on top of the door sill panel using the hooks.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 98: Pressing Holder Onto Pieces Of Mounting Tape


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Press the holder onto the pieces of mounting tape.

Fig. 99: Drilling Out Marked Out Holes In Cradle


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Drill out the seven marked out holes in the cradle using a 6 mm (15/64") drill bit.
 Remove any shavings.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 100: Riveting Holder To Door Sill Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take pop rivets from the kit. Rivet the holder to the door sill panel.

Fig. 101: Twisting Off Hooks From Cradles


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Carefully twist off the hooks from the cradles.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 102: Hooking Sill Decore Onto Cradle


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Hook the sill decor onto the cradle. Align the holes in the panel with the hooks in the cradles.
 Press the decor strip into position securely so that all hooks engage.

Fig. 103: Drilling Out Hole


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Press the sill decor opposite the mounting lug for the center hole against the underneath of the door sill
panel. Drill out the hole using a 6 mm (15/64") drill bit. Remove the drill shavings.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 104: Riveting Mounting Lug To Car Body


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Rivet the mounting lug to the car body with a rivet. Now drill and rivet the holes alternately in front of
and behind the newly installed rivet.

NOTE: The front hole must be secured with plastic rivets and saved until last.

Fig. 105: Drilling Out Hole


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Press the lower part of the panel towards the door sill panel at the front hole.
 Drill out the hole using a 6 mm (15/64") drill bit.

NOTE: Drill through the middle of the oval hole.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

 Remove any shavings.

Fig. 106: Identifying Central Pin


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 107: Detaching Central Pin From Clip


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: First detach the central pin from the clip by tapping it in and then pulling it out,
but leave it inside the clip a few millimeters. This is done because the decor
panel springs in when the clip is attached and the central pin can break off
when tapped in.

 Install the panel in the front hole using clips with a center pin.

APPLIES TO VEHICLES WITH DRIVE E


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 108: Cutting Out Panel At Front Mounting


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Cut out the panel at the front mounting.

Fig. 109: Identifying Underside Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 110: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Do not tighten the clips and screws fully yet.

Fig. 111: Identifying Screws And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 112: Tightening Screws And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Tighten screws and clips.


 Repeat steps for the other side.

SKID PLATE, FRONT BUMPER (2009-12)


SKID PLATE, FRONT BUMPER

NOTE: Carry out the work at a temperature of at least 20°C (68°F). Do not use the
vehicle within 2 hours after doing the work. Do not wash the vehicle within 48
hours after doing the work.

Fig. 113: Washing Surface Of Car


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

 Wash the surfaces of the car that are to be covered by the skid plate.
 Wipe dry.

Fig. 114: Identifying Air Baffle Center Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the two center screws from the air baffle. They will not be reused.

Fig. 115: Identifying Drilling Template And Skid Plate


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take the drilling template and skid plate from the kit and press the drilling template into the hole in the
mounting lug to the clip's mounting.
 Repeat the operation on the other side.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 116: Identifying Backing Tape


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the backing tape from both templates.

Fig. 117: Identifying Skid Plate And Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Secure the skid plate using existing screws. Do not tighten excessively so that the position can be adjusted
laterally. Ensure that the tape on the drilling template does not adhere yet.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 118: Identifying Skid Plate And Drilling Templates


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Now position the skid plate laterally (1). Ensure that the tape on the drilling templates does not adhere
yet.

NOTE: Push the ends (2) of the skid plate up from underneath as far as possible, and
then press in front of the drilling templates (3) so that the tape adheres.

Fig. 119: Identifying Skid Plate


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the skid plate from the grille.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 120: Drilling Out Holes


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Drill out the holes through the taped drilling templates.

Fig. 121: Identifying Drilling Templates


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the drilling templates on both sides.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 122: Drilling Holes


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Drill the holes to 8 mm (5/16 ") .


 Remove the shavings and smooth off the hole edges.

Fig. 123: Inserting Spike On Clip Under Edge Of Hole In Skid Plate
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take the clip from the kit and take the skid plate again.
 Insert one spike on the clip under the edge of the hole in the skid plate, turn clockwise and at the same
time press until the clip is in place.
 Repeat the operation on the other side.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 124: Identifying Protective Tape


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Now carefully pull off the protective tape slightly from each piece of tape on both sides and secure on the
upper side/outside using pieces of tape on both sides of the skid plate.

Fig. 125: Identifying Pieces Of Tape


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 126: Cleaning Marked Surfaces


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Clean the marked surfaces for the tape to the skid plate using isopropanol.
 Wipe dry.

Fig. 127: Identifying Skid Plate


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Position the skid plate so that the clips can be felt against the edges of the holes on both sides. Ensure that
the tape does not adhere too soon.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 128: Identifying Protection Tape


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Hold the skid plate with one hand at the same time as removing the protective tape.
 Press the center of the clips so that they engage.

Fig. 129: Pressing Skid Plate Into Place


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Now press the skid plate into place opposite the tape all the way around.

NOTE: Ensure to press with approx 50 N of force for 15 seconds on all surfaces where
the tape is attached so that it adheres properly.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 130: Identifying Skid Plate And Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Tighten the skid plate underneath using existing screws.

Fig. 131: Drilling Through Holes In Outer Ends Of Skid Plate And Through Air Baffle
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Drill through the existing holes in the outer ends of the skid plate and through the air baffle.
 Remove any shavings.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 132: Riveting Skid Plate In Outer Ends


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take the rivets from the kit and rivet the skid plate in the outer ends.

SKID PLATE, FRONT BUMPER (2010-11)


SKID PLATE, FRONT BUMPER

Fig. 133: Identifying Spring Nuts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take the spring nuts from the kit and press them into the bumper cover.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 134: Tightening Skid Plate


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Tighten the skid plate at the outer ends.

SKID PLATE, REAR BUMPER (2009-12)


SKID PLATE, REAR BUMPER

Fig. 135: Cutting Out Skid Plate


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Applies to cars with a tow hitch

 Take the Skid plate from the kit.


 Saw out the new Skid plate according to the markings. Remove the shaded area
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

 Tape the outside to prevent the saw foot from damaging the paint

NOTE: Take extra care not to damage the painted surface of the components.

 Smooth off the sawn edges with a fine toothed file.

Fig. 136: Sawing Out New Skid Plate


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

APPLIES TO CARS WITH PARKING ASSISTANCE

Fig. 137: Identifying Sensor


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 138: Cleaning Area Using Isopropanol


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Clean using isopropanol .


 Allow to dry.

Fig. 139: Applying Layer Of Activator


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Apply a thin and even layer of activator to the cleaned surfaces.

Use 8637076 Activator .

 Allow to dry for a minimum of 10 minutes and a maximum of 30 minutes before painting.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 140: Painting Sensor


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Paint the sensors with color code 426 . Only apply one layer.

CAUTION: Protect the connection's contact surfaces from paint. Too many
layers of paint can result in the function partially or totally
disappearing.

 When the paint has dried, reinstall the sealing rings.

Fig. 141: Identifying Markings On Inside Of Skid Plate


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Locate the 2 markings on the inside of the Skid plate.


 Mark the center with a scribe.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 142: Drilling Holes


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Drill holes in the centers of the markings using a 3 mm (7/64) diameter drill bit.
 Drill out the holes. Use a 10 mm (25/64") diameter drill bit.

Fig. 143: Enlarging Holes In Bumper Casing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Enlarge the holes in the bumper casing using a hole cutter. Use special tool: 9997234 . Place the hole
tool's support sleeve on the inside, and the cutting part on the outside of the bumper cover.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 144: Cleaning Surfaces Where Holders Are Located


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Clean the surfaces where the holders are to be located using isopropanol and wipe dry.

Fig. 145: Applying Activator To Cleaned Surfaces


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Apply a thin and even layer of activator part no. 8637076 to the cleaned surfaces and allow to dry for
approx. 10 min.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 146: Identifying Holder


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take the 2 holders from the kit.


 Clean the surfaces as shown using a cleaning cloth P/N 9192678 .
 Allow to dry.
 Apply a thin and even layer of activator, part no. 8637076 , on the cleaned surfaces and allow to dry for
at least 10 min.

Fig. 147: Brushing Hole Edges With Paint


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Carefully brush the hole edges with paint, color 426 .

APPLIES TO ALL MODELS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 148: Identifying Left Side Wheel Arch


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 149: Identifying Right Side Wheel Arch


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 150: Identifying Bolts And Washers Under Rear Bumper


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 151: Identifying Rear Sill Plates


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 152: Identifying Piece Of Tape On Wind Extender's Rear Section


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Attach a piece of tape to the wing extender's rear section to protect it when removing the bumper cover at
the front edge. The tape must be positioned so as not to leave any marks when prying the bumper loose.
 Carry out the procedure on both sides of the car.

Fig. 153: Removing Bumper Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the bumper cover from the body by carefully prying off the ends at the taped surface using a
weatherstrip tool. Pull off the cover under the tail lamp and from the rear edge of the wing on each side. It
is secured by four clips at the tail lamp and four in the rear edge of the rear wing. Pull the bumper cover
straight back.

 Disconnect the connector for the license plate lighting, on the left-hand side. If the car has rear parking
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

 Remove the pieces of tape.

Fig. 154: Identifying Connector For License Plate Lighting


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

APPLIES TO CARS WITH PARKING ASSISTANCE

Fig. 155: Disconnecting Connectors For Center Sensors


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Disconnect the connectors for the two center sensors.

NOTE: Take care not to damage the bumper cover and Skid plate when working
with them.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 156: Prying Up Hooks On Each Sensor Holder


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Pry up the two hooks on each sensor holder and carefully pull out the sensors. They are to be reused.

Fig. 157: Identifying Clips Holding Cable Harness To Sensors


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Detach the four clips that hold the cable harness to the sensors in the holders in the existing Skid plate.

APPLIES TO ALL MODELS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 158: Prying Off Hooks From Mountings In Bumper Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Take extra care when working with the bumper cover and Skid plate.

 Carefully pry off the hooks from the mountings in the bumper cover and remove the existing Skid plate, it
will not be reused.

APPLIES TO CARS WITH PARKING ASSISTANCE

Fig. 159: Identifying Protective Film


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the protective film from one side of the double-backed tape.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 160: Installing Tape On The Holders


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Attach the tape to the holders.

Fig. 161: Cutting Off Holders With Tape On Both Sides


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Cut off the holders with tape on both long sides so that a result is achieved shown below.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 162: Identifying Result Of Cutting Off Holders With Tape


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 163: Identifying Centering Tool


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Install the centering tool in the holder as shown.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 164: Identifying Remaining Protective Film


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the remaining protective film.

Fig. 165: Pressing Holders Into Place Using Centering Tool On Bumper Cover
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Press the holders into place using the centering tool on the bumper cover.

NOTE: The holders must be mounted turned against the holes as shown. The
holders must also be horizontal and in line with the bumper cover.

APPLIES TO ALL MODELS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 166: Identifying Skid Plate


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Install the new Skid plate. Ensure that all the catches engage.

APPLIES TO CARS WITH PARKING ASSISTANCE

Fig. 167: Identifying Clips For Sensor's Cable Harness


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Press the clips for the sensor's cable harness in the holders in the new Skid plate.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 168: Identifying Sensors


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Install the two sensors.

Fig. 169: Connecting Connectors To Sensors


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Connect the connectors to the sensors.

APPLIES TO ALL MODELS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 170: Connecting Connector To Number Plate Lighting


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Connect the connector to the number plate lighting and to the parking assistance connector, if applicable.

Fig. 171: Identifying Bumper Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 172: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 173: Identifying Rear Sill Plates


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 174: Identifying Left Side Wheel Arch


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 175: Identifying Right Side Wheel Arch


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 176: Identifying VIDA (Service Information) To Program Software


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Download software for the accessory's function according to service information in VIDA (Volvo Scan
Tool).

BODY KIT (2007-11)


BODY KIT

REMOVAL

REAR BUMPER COVER

Fig. 177: Identifying Right Wheel Arch Lining And Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 178: Identifying Left Wheel Arch Lining And Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 179: Identifying Bolts And Washers Under Rear Bumper


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 180: Identifying Rear Sill Plates


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 181: Identifying Bumper Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the bumper cover from the body by carefully prying off the ends using a weatherstrip tool. Pull
off the cover under the tail lamp and from the rear edge of the wing on each side. It is secured by four
clips at the tail lamp and four in the rear edge of the rear wing. Pull the bumper cover straight back.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 182: Identifying Connector For License Plate Lighting


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Unplug the connector for the license plate lighting on the left side. If the car is equipped with reverse
warning, then unplug the connector for this on the right side.

WHEEL HOUSING EDGES

Fig. 183: Identifying Rear Fender's Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Carefully bend loose the rear fender's panel starting at the trailing edge and then forward. Bend with the
weatherstrip tool right at the side of the clips. The panel is fastened with a catch at the trailing edge and
five clips all the way around. The panel shall not be used again.

NOTE: Do not damage the paint work.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 184: Identifying Fender Liner With Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Loosen the fender liner with the three clips from the panel's clips by first pressing it in until the three clips
release, and then folding it down.
 Remove the three clips in the fender liner's upper edge and all clips in the fender edge. New clips are
included in the kit.
 Clean the fender edge.

Fig. 185: Identifying Bumper Cover Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 186: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 187: Identifying Front Fender's Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Carefully bend loose the front fender's panel starting at the leading edge and then backward. Bend with
the weatherstrip tool right at the side of the clips. The panel is fastened with a catch at the leading edge
and seven clips all the way around. The panel shall not be used again.

NOTE: Do not damage the paint work.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 188: Identifying Fender Liner


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Loosen the fender liner with the three clips from the panel's clips by first pressing it in until the three clips
release, and then folding it down.
 Remove the three clips in the fender liner's upper edge and all clips in the fender edge. New clips are
included in the kit.
 Clean the fender edge.
 Repeat for the other side.

FRONT BUMPER COVER

Fig. 189: Identifying Panel To Left And Right Fog Light


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the panel to the left and right fog light by carefully pressing in the catches in the panel's upper
edge with a weatherstrip tool and pull it loose. The panel is fastened with six catches.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

APPLIES TO CARS WITH 4-CYLINDER ENGINE WHERE ELECTRIC ENGINE HEATER IS INSTALLED

Fig. 190: Identifying Engine Splash Guard


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the seven screws from the engine splash guard.

Fig. 191: Identifying Screws Holding Bumper Cover At Left-Hand Wing Liner
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the left front wheel.


 Remove the five screws holding the bumper cover in the wing liner on the left and right-hand sides.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 192: Identifying Nut Holding Wing Liner At Left-Hand Front Member
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the nut holding the left-hand wing liner to the front member.
 Bend the front edge of the left-hand wing liner up over the brake calliper.

Fig. 193: Pressing Locking Sleeve Over Cable Splice


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the lock sleeve over the joint to the engine heater's cable on the left side by the stay on the sub-
frame.
 Unplug the connectors.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 194: Identifying Cable Pressed Into Previously Installed Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Loosen the cable from the double clamp (1) at the brake pipe and from clamps along the side member's
underside.

Fig. 195: Identifying Ground Lead With Screw And Toothed Washer
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Loosen the ground cable from the leading edge of the side member's outside.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 196: Identifying Tie Strap


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Cut off the cable tie (1) that holds the cable to the left radiator bracket.

APPLIES TO CARS WITH 5-CYLINDER ENGINE WHERE ELECTRIC ENGINE HEATER IS INSTALLED

Fig. 197: Identifying Engine Splash Guard


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the seven screws from the engine splash guard.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 198: Identifying Screws Holding Bumper Cover At Left-Hand Wing Liner
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the left and right-hand front wheels.


 Remove the five screws holding the bumper cover in the wing liner on the left and right-hand sides.

Fig. 199: Identifying Nut Holding Wing Liner At Left-Hand Front Member
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the nut holding the left-hand wing liner to the front member.
 Bend the front edge of the left-hand wing liner up over the brake calliper.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 200: Identifying Locking Sleeve


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the lock sleeve over the joint to the engine heater's cable on the right side by the stay on the sub-
frame.
 Unplug the connectors.

Applies to cars for USA

 For cars to the USA there is no splice (joint) on the cable. Then this is loosened instead by the engine
heater.

Fig. 201: Identifying Double Clamp


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Loosen the cable from the double clamp on the brake pipe on the right side in the engine compartment.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 202: Identifying Tie Strap


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the cable tie that holds the cable to the cable harness at the top in the engine compartment.

Fig. 203: Loosening Cable From Clips Along Metal Edge In Trailing Edge Of Engine Compartment
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Loosen the cable from the clips along the metal edge in the trailing edge of the engine compartment.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 204: Identifying Double Clamp


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Loosen the cable from the double clamp by the brake pipe in the top edge of the bulkhead on the left side.

Fig. 205: Identifying Cable Pressed Into Previously Installed Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Loosen the cable from the double clamp (1) at the brake pipe and from clamps along the side member's
underside.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 206: Identifying Ground Lead With Screw And Toothed Washer
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Does not apply to cars for USA.

 Loosen the ground cable from the leading edge of the side member's outside.

Fig. 207: Identifying Tie Strap


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Cut off the cable tie (1) that holds the cable to the left radiator bracket.

APPLIES TO ALL MODELS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 208: Identifying Clips And Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Push in the center of the five clips (1). Remove the clips.
 Remove the two screws (2).

Fig. 209: Identifying Cover For Nozzles For Headlamp Washers


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the covers for the nozzles for the headlamp washers on the right and left-hand sides. Carefully
grip the cover. Pull the cover out until the catch becomes accessible.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 210: Identifying Catch Pressed Up


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Press the catch up and remove the cover. Do not damage the painted surfaces or the high-pressure washer
nozzles.

Fig. 211: Identifying Screws That Hold Bumper's Lower Part


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the four screws that hold the bumper's lower part in the baffle.
 Remove the spring nuts that hold the baffle in the bumper casing's lower part on both sides.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 212: Identifying Corner Of Bumper Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Carefully pry off the corner of the bumper cover using a weatherstrip tool until the three hooks on the
inside release.

Fig. 213: Identifying Bumper Cover With Air Baffle


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the bumper cover with air baffle by grasping the ends and pulling forwards until the remaining
hooks under the lamps release.

NOTE: Get help from a colleague for this procedure.

 Disconnect the connectors for the fog lamps or parking assistance if applicable.

DOOR SILL PANEL


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 214: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 215: Identifying Bottom Sill's Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Drive out the center pin in the clips on the underside of the bottom sill's panel. On the two front clips, the
center pins may have to be drilled out to be able to remove the clips.
 Turn loose the panel from the bottom sill's underside so that the clips come loose.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 216: Identifying Bottom Sill's Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the bottom sill's panel by carefully bending it loose directly opposite the clips along its entire
length.

NOTE: Do not damage the paint work.

 Remove the rubber strip from the panel. Lay away the panel but the rubber strip is to be used again.
 Repeat steps for the other side.

INSTALLATION

REAR SPOILER

Fig. 217: Identifying Clips For Cable Harness For Reverse Warning's Sensors
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Applies to cars with reverse warning

 Loosen the clips for the cable harness for the reverse warning's sensors from the lower part's catches.

Fig. 218: Bending And Pulling Loose Bumper's Lower Part From Upper Part
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Get help from a colleague for this procedure.

 Place the bumper casing on a surface that will not damage the painted surface.
 Carefully bend and pull loose the bumper's lower part from the upper part. It is fastened with catches all
the way around. The lower part shall not be used again.

NOTE: Do not damage the painted surface on the upper part.

Fig. 219: Identifying Rear Spoiler


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Get help from a colleague for this procedure.

 Take the rear spoiler from the kit and press the upper part into it.
 Make sure that all catches engage.

NOTE: Do not damage the painted surface on the upper part.

Fig. 220: Pressing In Clips For Cable Harness For Reverse Warning In Spoiler's Catches
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Applies to cars with reverse warning

 Press in the clips for the cable harness for the reverse warning in the spoiler's catches.

Fig. 221: Identifying Reflector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Press on the reflectors from the kit on the spoiler's ends.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Applies to cars for USA market

 Paint the covers from the kit.


 Press on the covers.

Fig. 222: Inserting Plastic String For Towing Eye's In Rectangular Hole In Lower Edge Of Opening
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Insert the plastic string for the towing eye's in the rectangular hole in the lower edge of the opening.
 Press in the panel in the opening.

Fig. 223: Pressing On Cover For Exhaust Pipe Opening


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Applies to cars where the end-pipe is not to be visible.

 Press on the cover for the exhaust pipe opening so that the catch at the top edge engages.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 224: Connecting Connector To Number Plate Lighting


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 225: Identifying Bumper Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 226: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 227: Identifying Rear Sill Plates


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

FRONT SPOILER
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 228: Loosening Holder From Bumper Casing's Upper Part


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Loosen the holder from the bumper casing's upper part on both sides.

Fig. 229: Bending And Pulling Loose Bumper's Lower Part From Upper Part
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Get help from a colleague for this procedure.

 Place the bumper casing on a surface that will not damage the painted surface.
 Carefully bend and pull loose the bumper's lower part from the upper part. It is fastened with catches all
the way around. The lower part shall not be used again.

NOTE: Do not damage the painted surface on the upper part.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 230: Cleaning Areas Underneath Spoiler


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take the front spoiler from the kit.

NOTE: The unpainted spoiler must be painted first.

 Clean the marked areas underneath the spoiler where the anti-chafing protector is to be located. Use
isopropanol. Wipe dry.

Fig. 231: Identifying Protective Tape


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the protective tape from the anti-chafing protector.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 232: Securing Anti-Chafing Protector Aling Edges Of Spoiler


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Position and secure the anti-chafing protector along the edges of the spoiler at the rear edge.

Fig. 233: Pressing Anti-Chafing Protector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Press the anti-chafing protector at the rear edge forwards.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 234: Identifying Protective Tape


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the protective tape from the anti-chafing protector.

Fig. 235: Identifying Anti-Chafing Protector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Press the anti-chafing protector into place.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 236: Identifying Protective Tape


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the protective tape from the anti-chafing protector.

Fig. 237: Identifying Anti-Chafing Protector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Press the anti-chafing protector into place.


 Repeat for the other side.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 238: Identifying Front Spoiler


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Press the front spoiler into the upper section.


 Make sure that all catches engage.

NOTE: Do not damage the painted surface on the upper part.

Fig. 239: Identifying Bumper Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Reinstall the bumper cover. Make sure that the spoiler fits in the leading edge on the baffle.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 240: Identifying Clips And Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Secure the bumper casing with the clips (1) and screws (2).

Fig. 241: Pulling Up High-Pressure Nozzle From Bumper Casing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Pull up the high-pressure nozzle from the bumper casing and install the covers on both sides.

 Connect the cable for the engine heater, if applicable. Route and clamp it in the same way as it was
installed before. Replace cut cable ties with new ones.

NOTE: Do not clamp the cable directly to AC pipes, fuel lines, brake pipes or
power steering hoses and pipes. Make sure the cable does not chafe
against sharp edges or moving parts in the engine compartment.

 Remount the front wheel and tighten the wheel bolts to 90 Nm (66 lbf. ft.) .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 242: Identifying Spoiler's Brackets And Baffle's Outer Screw


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Tighten the spoiler's brackets to the baffle.


 Tighten the baffle's outer screw on both sides.

Fig. 243: Identifying Fog Light Panel (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 244: Identifying Fog Light Panel (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

DOOR SILL PANEL

Fig. 245: Identifying Bottom Sill Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Get a new bottom sill panel and new clips from the kit. Replace all clips.
 Install the rubber strip from the old panel on the new.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 246: Pressing In New Panel In Bottom Sill


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Press in the new panel in the bottom sill. Make sure all catches engage.

Fig. 247: Identifying Clips To Secure Panel In Lower Edge


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Get new clips from the kit and secure the panel in the lower edge.
 Repeat steps for the other side.

WHEEL HOUSING EDGES


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 248: Identifying Clips And Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Get the new panel and new clips for the fender edge from the kit.
 Install new clips in the panel.

Fig. 249: Identifying Clips And Fender Edge


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Get new clips from the kit and install these around the fender edge.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 250: Identifying Fender Liner And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Reinstall the fender liner.


 Get new clips from the kit and press in to the fender liner.
 Press in the fender liner with clips in the fender edge's clips. Make sure that the clips really snap into
place.

Fig. 251: Identifying Panel On Fender Edge


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Press in the new panel on the fender edge. Make sure all catches engage.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 252: Identifying Screws On Front Fender Front Edge


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 253: Identifying Screws On Front Fender Rear Edge


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 254: Identifying Screws On Rear Fender Front Edge


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 255: Identifying Screws On Rear Fender Rear Edge


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Repeat for all wheel housing edges.

MUD GUARDS, FRONT (2007-09)


MUD GUARDS, FRONT
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 256: Identifying Body Section


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 257: Turning Wheel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 258: Cleaning Area Where Mudflap Is To Be Positioned


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 259: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 260: Identifying Rivets And Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 261: Identifying Mud Guards, Front Drilling Location


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 262: Identifying Body Section


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 263: Identifying Wheel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 264: Cleaning Installation Area


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 265: Removing Fender Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 266: Installing Rear Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 267: Identifying Drilling Location


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 268: Install Wheel And Tighten To Specification


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

MUDFLAPS (2010-12)
MUDFLAPS

Fig. 269: Identifying Body Section


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 270: Turning Wheel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Turn the wheel.

Fig. 271: Cleaning Area Where Mudflap Is To Be Positioned


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Clean the area where the mudflap is to be positioned.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 272: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 273: Identifying Rivets And Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 274: Drilling Hole For Rivet


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 275: Identifying Body Section


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 276: Identifying Wheel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 277: Identifying Rivets


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: These will not be reused.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 278: Identifying Area That Is To Be Cleaned


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Clean the area where the mudflap is to be positioned.

Fig. 279: Identifying Wing Liner


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Fold the wing liner out of the way.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 280: Identifying Clip


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Install the clip.

Fig. 281: Identifying Mudflap


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Fold the inner wing back and install the mudflap.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 282: Identifying Rivets


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 283: Drilling Hole For Rivet


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Bumpers And Mudflaps - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 284: Install And Tighten Wheel To Wheel Hub


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Wheel to wheel hub tightening torque:

 Step 1: Wheel to wheel hub, 20 Nm.


 Step 2: Wheel to wheel hub, 110 Nm.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB

Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

BUMPERS AND MUDFLAPS


COVER BUMPER FRONT (2007 - 2011 EARLY)

REMOVAL

VEHICLES EARLY VERSION

Fig. 1: Identifying Bumper Attachment Screws On Front Frame


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 2: Identifying Bumper Screws On Inner Front Fender


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

VEHICLES WITH FRONT SIDE UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTOR


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 3: Identifying Rear Fender Splash Guard Attachment Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

VEHICLES WITH FRONT UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTOR

Fig. 4: Identifying Front Underbody Air Deflector Attachment Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

VEHICLES WITHOUT UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTORS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 5: Identifying Rear Bumper Attachment Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

ALL VEHICLES

Fig. 6: Identifying Front Bumper Removal Points


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.

NOTE: This step requires the aid of another technician.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 7: Identifying Fog Light Connectors


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

VEHICLES WITHOUT UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTORS

Fig. 8: Identifying Underbody Air Deflector Attachment Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

ALL VEHICLES
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 9: Identifying Fog Light Removal Points


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

 headlight washers, see HEADLIGHT WASHERS


 Front fog lights, see FRONT FOG LIGHTS
 radiator grille, see RADIATOR GRILLE

Fig. 10: Identifying Lower Front Bumper Fasteners


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

VEHICLES LATE VERSION


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 11: Identifying Mating Face


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: Take extra care not to damage the mating faces.

On both sides.

Fig. 12: Identifying Bumper Attachment Screws On Front Frame


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 13: Identifying Bumper Attachment Screws On Inner Front Fender


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

On both sides.

VEHICLES WITH FRONT SIDE UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTOR

Fig. 14: Identifying Rear Fender Splash Guard Attachment Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

VEHICLES WITH FRONT UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTOR


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 15: Identifying Front Underbody Air Deflector Attachment Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

VEHICLES WITHOUT UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTORS

Fig. 16: Identifying Under Carriage Bumper Attachment Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

ALL VEHICLES
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 17: Identifying Complete Front Bumper Removal


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: This step requires the aid of another technician.

On both sides.

Fig. 18: Identifying Fog Light Connector & Cable


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

On both sides.

VEHICLES WITHOUT UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTORS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 19: Identifying Underbody Air Deflector Attachment Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

ALL VEHICLES

Remove the following items:

 radiator grille, see RADIATOR GRILLE


 Front fog lights, see FRONT FOG LIGHTS

Fig. 20: Identifying Lower Front Bumper Fasteners


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

ALL VEHICLES

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

COVER BUMPER FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

REMOVAL

Fig. 21: Identifying Mating Face


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: Take extra care not to damage the mating faces.

On both sides.

Fig. 22: Identifying Bumper Attachment Screws On Front Frame


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 23: Identifying Bumper Attachment Screws On Inner Front Fender


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

On both sides.

VEHICLES WITH FRONT SIDE UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTOR

Fig. 24: Identifying Rear Fender Splash Guard Attachment Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

VEHICLES WITH FRONT UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTOR


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 25: Identifying Front Underbody Air Deflector Attachment Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

VEHICLES WITHOUT UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTORS

Fig. 26: Identifying Under Carriage Bumper Attachment Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

ALL VEHICLES
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 27: Identifying Complete Front Bumper Removal


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.

NOTE: This step requires the aid of another technician.

On both sides.

Fig. 28: Identifying Fog Light Connector & Cable


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

On both sides.

VEHICLES WITHOUT UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTORS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 29: Identifying Underbody Air Deflector Attachment Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

ALL VEHICLES

Remove the following items:

 radiator grille, see RADIATOR GRILLE


 Front fog lights, see FRONT FOG LIGHTS

Fig. 30: Identifying Lower Front Bumper Fasteners


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

COVER BUMPER REAR (2007 - 2011 EARLY)

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 31: Removing Rear Bumper Cover - All Versions (1 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 32: Removing Rear Bumper Cover - All Versions (2 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 33: Removing Rear Bumper Cover - All Versions (3 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

On both sides.

Fig. 34: Removing Rear Bumper Cover - All Versions (4 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

VEHICLES EARLY VERSION


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 35: Early Version (1 Of 5)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: This step requires the aid of another technician.

On both sides.

Fig. 36: Early Version (2 Of 5)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 37: Early Version (3 Of 5)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

On both sides.

Fig. 38: Early Version (4 Of 5)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 39: Early Version (5 Of 5)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

VEHICLES LATE VERSION

Fig. 40: Late Version (1 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: This step requires the aid of another technician.

On both sides.

Fig. 41: Late Version (2 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 42: Late Version (3 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 43: Late Version (4 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 44: Late Version (5 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 45: Late Version (6 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 46: Late Version (7 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 47: Late Version (8 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

ALL VEHICLES

Fig. 48: Removing Rear Bumper Cover - All Versions (5 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 49: Removing Rear Bumper Cover - All Versions (6 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 50: Removing Rear Bumper Cover - All Versions (7 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 51: Removing Rear Bumper Cover - All Versions (8 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 52: Removing Rear Bumper Cover - All Versions (9 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

COVER BUMPER REAR (2011 LATE - 2012)

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 53: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (1 Of 17)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 54: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (2 Of 17)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 55: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (3 Of 17)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

On both sides.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 56: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (4 Of 17)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 57: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (5 Of 17)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: This step requires the aid of another technician.

On both sides.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 58: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (6 Of 17)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 59: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (7 Of 17)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 60: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (8 Of 17)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 61: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (9 Of 17)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 62: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (10 Of 17)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 63: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (11 Of 17)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 64: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (12 Of 17)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 65: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (13 Of 17)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 66: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (14 Of 17)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 67: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (15 Of 17)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 68: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (16 Of 17)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 69: Removing Rear Bumper Cover (17 Of 17)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

REAR BUMPER COVER LOWER SECTION (2007-2009)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 70: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section (1 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 71: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section (2 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 72: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section (3 Of 9)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 73: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section (4 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: This step requires assistance from another technician.

Fig. 74: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section (5 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 75: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section (6 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 76: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section (7 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 77: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section (8 Of 9)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 78: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section (9 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

REAR BUMPER COVER LOWER SECTION (2010 - 2011 EARLY)

REMOVAL

Fig. 79: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section - All Vehicles (1 Of 8)
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 80: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section - All Vehicles (2 Of 8)
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

VEHICLES WITH REAR UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTOR

Fig. 81: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section - Vehicles With Rear Underbody Air Deflector
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

VEHICLES WITHOUT UNDERBODY AIR DEFLECTORS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 82: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section - Vehicles Without Underbody Air Deflectors
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

ALL VEHICLES

Fig. 83: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section - All Vehicles (3 Of 8)
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: This step requires the aid of another technician.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 84: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section - All Vehicles (4 Of 8)
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 85: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section - All Vehicles (5 Of 8)
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 86: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section - All Vehicles (6 Of 8)
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 87: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section - All Vehicles (7 Of 8)
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 88: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Lower Section - All Vehicles (8 Of 8)
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

REAR BUMPER COVER UPPER SECTION (2007 - 2011 EARLY


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 89: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Upper Section (1 Of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 90: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Upper Section (2 Of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: This step requires the aid of another technician.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Bumpers And Mudflaps - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 91: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Upper Section (3 Of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 92: Removing Rear Bumper Cover Upper Section (4 Of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
CABIN AIR FILTER Volvo - C30 & C70

CABIN AIR FILTER

Volvo - C30 & C70

REMOVAL & INSTALLATION

NOTE: Manufacturer's terminology for this filter is passenger compartment air cleaner
or particle filter.

CABIN AIR FILTER

Removal & Installation

REMOVAL

Fig. 1: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the accelerator pedal (AP). See ACCELERATOR PEDAL .

Fold the floor carpet out of the way.

Remove:
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
CABIN AIR FILTER Volvo - C30 & C70

 the 3 screws and raise the cover

Fig. 2: Identifying Passenger Compartment Air Cleaner (ACL)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the filter by pulling it out behind the brake pedal.

INSTALLATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
CABIN AIR FILTER Volvo - C30 & C70

Fig. 3: Identifying Passenger Compartment Air Cleaner (ACL)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: The direction of the air flow is indicated on the top of the filter. Ensure that the
filter is installed with the text side facing up and so that the arrows on the filter
point straight back into the vehicle.

Install the air filter by compressing it slightly and inserting it behind the brake pedal.

Clamp the cover in place at the rear edge. Screw the cover into place at the front edge using the 3 screws.

Fold back the carpet.

Install the accelerator pedal (AP). See ACCELERATOR PEDAL .


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Body Electrical

ELECTRICAL

Body Electrical

CAN NETWORK
FAULT TRACING ON CAN NETWORK

SIGNAL MISSING

GENERAL INFORMATION

NOTE: Illustrations shown are only examples.

HINT: For general information about CAN-troubleshooting:

 see GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT FAULT-TRACING IN THE CAN NETWORK

General about CAN-related diagnostic trouble codes.

CEM-DF01 - DF17 can only be stored in Central electronic module (CEM). These diagnostic trouble
codes are stored when an electric fault is detected in CAN-lines. Start with these diagnostic trouble codes
first.

CEM-DEXX is only stored in Central electronic module (CEM). One diagnostic trouble code for every
control module on the CAN-net. These diagnostic trouble codes indicate that Central electronic module
(CEM) does not receive any reply from other control modules.

XXX-E000 (HS-CAN)/E001 (LS-CAN) can be stored in all CAN-connected control modules. These
diagnostic trouble codes indicate that the control module has detected interference on the CAN-net.

XXX-E003 can be stored in all CAN-connected control modules except in Central electronic module
(CEM). The control modules on the CAN-net listen for a message (identity number) that is sent out at
regular intervals from Central electronic module (CEM). This diagnostic trouble code indicates that the
control module has not received any identity number, or that the expected number is not correct.
Interference on the CAN-net can also store this diagnostic trouble code.

NOTE: In case of CAN-related faults, it is likely that a combination of above


diagnostic trouble codes occur.

NOTE: After fault with control modules that interfere with communication, other
control modules may remain in Limp-Home (that is, they work with
reduced functionality) even when the ignition has been turned off and on a
few times. For certain faults in the CAN-net where control modules have
stopped communicating, it may help to disconnect/reconnect the battery
to "restart" the control module/CAN-net.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Body Electrical

If a communication diagnostic trouble code can be read from the control module, the malfunction is
probably intermittent. Intermittent fault in the voltage supply and ground to a control module on the CAN
network results in the Central electronic module (CEM) storing a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) for an
open-circuit in communication with the control module where the voltage supply does not work. There
will probably not be a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) in the control module where the open-circuit in the
voltage supply occurred as the control module cannot store a diagnostic trouble code (DTC) when it is not
supplied with power.

NOTE: Central electronic module (CEM) should not be replaced in case of CAN-
fault, unless troubleshooting reveals that Central electronic module (CEM)
has an internal fault.

Fig. 1: View Of Control Module Block Diagram, Communications Network, And Trouble Codes
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Continue

Refer to CHECKING RESISTANCE IN CAN-NET

CHECKING RESISTANCE IN CAN-NET

Fig. 2: Ignition Off And Disconnecting Battery Negative Lead


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Ignition off
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Body Electrical

 Connect OBDII-Box (951 3015) to the diagnostics socket.

For general information about CAN-troubleshooting:

 see GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT FAULT-TRACING IN THE CAN NETWORK

Measure resistance between the following connections on the OBDII-box/diagnostics socket.

 #3 and #11. The resistance should be approx. 55 - 65 ohms.


 If resistance is approx. 120 ohms, this indicates open circuit in the circuit so that only one
terminating resistor (120 ohms) has been measured.
 If resistance is above 1 kohms this indicates open circuit/high contact resistance somewhere in the
circuit.
 If resistance is below 55 ohms this indicates short-circuiting/contact resistance between the CAN-
lines somewhere in the circuit.

HINT: For LS-CAN , terminating resistors are located in Driver information module (DIM) and in
Supplemental restraint system module (SRS).

Twist the cable harness and wiggle connectors where they can be accessed along the cable harness during
every measurement, and note if the resistance changes to detect intermittent short-circuits or open circuit.

NOTE: Resistance measurement measures only main lines in the CAN-net (in
circuit where both terminating resistors are found), not branches to certain
control modules. Open circuit on branching without a terminating resistor
cannot be detected with this measurement. However, short-circuiting on a
branch can be detected. To measure resistance in the CAN-net to control
modules located in a branching of their own, the measurement shall be
done against the CAN-net at that control module. The values shall be as
above.

NOTE: After fault with control modules that interfere with communication, other
control modules may remain in Limp-Home (that is, they work with
reduced functionality) even when the ignition has been turned off and on a
few times. For certain faults in the CAN-net where control modules have
stopped communicating, it may help to disconnect/reconnect the battery
to "restart" the control module/CAN-net.

Remedy wiring as necessary.

Other information

 see BATTERY, DISCONNECTING


 see CHECKING WIRING AND TERMINALS
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Body Electrical

Fig. 3: Identifying Resistance Measurement In Low-Speed Net LS CAN


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Was a fault detected?

 YES

Refer to VERIFICATION

 NO

Refer to CHECKING SHORT-CIRCUITING TO GROUND/VOLTAGE IN CAN-NET

CHECKING THE TRAFFIC LOAD ON THE CAN CABLES

Fig. 4: Checking Traffic Load On CAN Cables


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Connect the battery.


 Ignition on.
 Connect OBDII-Box (951 3015) to the diagnostics socket.

For general information about CAN-troubleshooting:

 see GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT FAULT-TRACING IN THE CAN NETWORK


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Body Electrical

Faults in the CAN network may be due to a control module sending faulty messages that disrupt normal
communication. When messages are sent incorrectly, this results in a considerable increase in the amount
of traffic on the CAN network. The load can be checked by reading the average value of the voltage on
the CAN cables in relation to ground.

Measure voltage between the following connections on the OBDII-box/diagnostics socket.

 #3 and #4 (ground). The voltage should be approx:2, 8 - 3, 2 V.


 #11 and #4 (ground). The voltage should be approx:1, 8 - 2, 2 V.
 #3 and #11. The voltage shall be between approx. 0.55-1.4 V. The voltage shall normally be
between 0.55 - 0.90 V. A higher voltage may indicate increased traffic on the CAN-net. In case of
fault in communication/too high traffic on the CAN-net, the voltage is considerably higher than the
above stated values.

NOTE: After fault with control modules that interfere with communication, other
control modules may remain in Limp-Home even when the ignition has
been turned off and on a few times. For certain faults in the CAN-net where
control modules have stopped communicating, it may help to
disconnect/reconnect the battery to "restart" the control module/CAN-net.

HINT: DiCE can be used as fault detection tool if fault is suspected on the CAN-net that cannot be
detected with normal troubleshooting. Interference, intermittent faults, faulty messages on the
CAN-net etc., are examples of such faults. The tool registers fault messages used on the CAN-net.
Fault messages may be caused by short intermittent malfunctions on the CAN-net or by a control
module sending fault messages. See tools:951 3010 as well as associated TJ 20402.

 Ignition on.
 Connect DiCE to the diagnostics socket.
 Note the blue LED-indicator. The indicator flashes to show detection of fault messages.

NOTE: Certain interference may occur without any real fault

Cable fault

 Shake the cables lightly and pull lightly on the connections during the check to locate any fault.
Note the blue LED-indicator.

"Chatting" control modules

 "Chatting" control modules may be difficult to find and troubleshooting may take time. Let the
vehicle stand with DiCE connected for an extended time period. Afterwards, activate functions to
provoke a malfunction. It may take up to several hours before the fault messages are sent. When the
indicator starts to flash, remove the fuse for one control module at a time until the indicator stops
flashing. When the indicator stops flashing, restore the fuse for the relevant control module and
check that the indicator starts to flash again. Then it is likely that the problem is identified.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Body Electrical

Remedy wiring as necessary.

Other information

 see BATTERY, DISCONNECTING


 see TROUBLESHOOTING USING DICE ERROR FRAME FINDER
 see CHECKING WIRING AND TERMINALS

Fig. 5: Identifying PCM Wiring Terminals


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Was a fault detected?

 YES

Refer to IDENTIFYING A CONTROL MODULE IN THE CAN NETWORK

 NO

Refer to CHECKING VOLTAGE-DROP IN CABLE FOR CAN-H AND CAN-L,


RESPECTIVELY

IDENTIFYING A CONTROL MODULE IN THE CAN NETWORK

Fig. 6: Checking Traffic Load On CAN Cables


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Body Electrical

For general information about CAN-troubleshooting:

 see GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT FAULT-TRACING IN THE CAN NETWORK

HINT: DiCE can be used as fault detection tool if fault is suspected on the CAN-net that cannot be
detected with normal troubleshooting. Interference, intermittent faults, faulty messages on the CAN-net
(chattering control modules) etc., are examples of such faults. The tool registers fault messages used on
the CAN-net. Fault messages may be caused by short intermittent malfunctions on the CAN-net or by a
control module sending fault messages. See tools:951 3010 (memory card) as well as associated TJ 20402.

HINT: If the load on the CAN network is too high, this may be due to a control module transmitting
faulty messages on the CAN network. This is called a disruptive control module. The fault may also be
due to an intermittent short-circuit to supply voltage or ground in one of the CAN cables. This results in
the control modules on the CAN network starting to send faulty messages. The fault may occur without
any of the control modules storing a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). The voltage can be measured
between the CAN cables in order to check the load on the CAN network.

NOTE: It is not necessarily the control module that has set the diagnostic trouble code
that communicates incorrectly. Faulty messages can come from any control
module in the same section of the CAN network. However, faulty
communication in one network cannot affect the communication on the other
network. In other words, faulty communication on the LS-CAN cannot disrupt
communication on the HS-CAN and vice versa.

 Ignition on.
 Connect OBDII-Box (951 3015) to the diagnostics socket.

Check communication/load on CAN-net by measuring voltage between CAN-L and CAN-H. Measure voltage
between the following connections on the OBDII-box/diagnostics socket.

 #3 and #11. The average value of the voltage must be approximately 0.6-1.4 V. The voltage shall
normally be between 0.55 - 0.90 V. A higher voltage may indicate increased traffic on the CAN-net. In
case of fault in communication/too high traffic on the CAN-net, the voltage is considerably higher than
the above stated values.

In order to identify which control module has faulty communication, cut the power supply to one control
module at a time. Check the voltage in the CAN cables again. The easiest way to cut the power supply is to
remove the fuse(s) for the relevant control module. Repeat until the voltage between the CAN wiring drops to
the normal level.

NOTE: When connecting and disconnecting certain control modules, diagnostic


trouble codes (DTCs) may be stored in other control modules.

HINT: When the suspected defective control module has been identified, connect and disconnect the
supply voltage to the control module a number of times to verify that the malfunction appears and
disappears. Switch off the ignition between each check.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Body Electrical

NOTE: Do not cut the power to the central electronic module (CEM) unless it is the last
control module left to check.

A control module that is communicating incorrectly must be replaced.

NOTE: After fault with control modules that interfere with communication, other control
modules may remain in Limp-Home (that is, they work with reduced
functionality) even when the ignition has been turned off and on a few times.
For certain faults in the CAN-net where control modules have stopped
communicating, it may help to disconnect/reconnect the battery to "restart" the
control module/CAN-net.

Fig. 7: Identifying CCM Schematic


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Continue

Refer to VERIFICATION

VERIFICATION

HINT: Once a fault has been repaired, conduct a verification to check that the fault has been remedied.

Fig. 8: Checking Traffic Load On CAN Cables


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Body Electrical

Fig. 9: Identifying Belt Routing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Reinstall the connectors, components etc.


 Ignition on

NOTE: For certain faults in the CAN-net where control modules have stopped
communicating, it may help to disconnect/reconnect the battery to
"restart" the control module/CAN-net.

 Erase diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) in all control modules.


 Ignition off.
 Ignition on.
 Start the vehicle. Allow the vehicle to run for 10 minutes.
 Read out the diagnostic trouble codes in the vehicle via the DIAGNOSTICS tab.

Does the diagnostic trouble code (DTC) for faulty communication return?

 YES

Refer to INFORMATION

 NO

OKAY: Troubleshooting has been completed.

CHECKING SHORT-CIRCUITING TO GROUND/VOLTAGE IN CAN-NET

Fig. 10: Ignition Off And Disconnecting Battery Negative Lead


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Ignition off.
 Disconnect the battery negative lead.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Body Electrical

 Connect OBDII-Box (951 3015) to the diagnostics socket.

For general information about CAN-troubleshooting:

 see GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT FAULT-TRACING IN THE CAN NETWORK

Checking for a short-circuit to ground

Measure resistance between the following connections on the OBDII-box/diagnostics socket.

 #3 and #4 (ground). Measurement is shown in Fig. 11. The resistance should be above 1 kohms.
 #11 and #4 (ground). The resistance should be above 1 kohms.

If resistance is below 1 kohms this indicates short-circuiting between the CAN-line and ground.

Checking for a short-circuit to voltage

Measure resistance between the following connections on the OBDII-box/diagnostics socket.

 #3 and #16 (voltage). Measurement is shown in Fig. 11. The resistance should be above 1 kohms.
 #11 and #16 (voltage). The resistance should be above 1 kohms.

If resistance is below 1 kohms this indicates short-circuiting between the CAN-line and voltage cable.

Twist the cable harness and wiggle connectors where they can be accessed along the cable harness during
every measurement, and note if the resistance changes to detect intermittent short-circuits or open circuit.

HINT: Part the CAN-net at suitable points to decide where a short-circuit may be found.

NOTE: After fault with control modules that interfere with communication, other
control modules may remain in Limp-Home (that is, they work with
reduced functionality) even when the ignition has been turned off and on a
few times. For certain faults in the CAN-net where control modules have
stopped communicating, it may help to disconnect/reconnect the battery
to "restart" the control module/CAN-net.

Remedy wiring as necessary.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Body Electrical

Fig. 11: Identifying OWS Schematic


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Was a fault detected?

 YES

Refer to VERIFICATION

 NO

Refer to CHECKING THE TRAFFIC LOAD ON THE CAN CABLES

CHECKING VOLTAGE-DROP IN CABLE FOR CAN-H AND CAN-L, RESPECTIVELY

Fig. 12: Checking Traffic Load On CAN Cables


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Connect the battery.


 Ignition on.
 Connect OBDII-Box (951 3015) to the diagnostics socket.

For general information about CAN-troubleshooting:

 see GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT FAULT-TRACING IN THE CAN NETWORK


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Body Electrical

In principle, the voltage measured in each cable in the CAN-net shall be the same at each control module
in the network. This means that the voltage-drop in the cable for CAN-H and CAN-L, respectively,
between the control modules should be very low. If there is a voltage-difference in the CAN-lines
between the diagnostics socket/Central electronic module (CEM) and a control module due to, e. g.,
contact resistance in a connector or branching, communication may be lost/interfered with. Check if there
is voltage-drop in the cable for CAN-H and CAN-L between the diagnostics socket/Central electronic
module (CEM) and the control module where there is problem with communication.

Carry out the following:

Measure voltage between the following connections on the OBDII-box/diagnostics socket.

 #3 and corresponding connection on relevant control module for CAN-H. The voltage shall be
lower than 50 mV.
 #11 and corresponding connection on relevant control module for CAN-L. The voltage shall be
lower than 50 mV.

If voltage is too high, this indicates too high contact resistance in cable, connector, or branching. Check
the circuit between the diagnostics socket and control module in question for contact resistance and
oxidation.

NOTE: After fault with control modules that interfere with communication, other
control modules may remain in Limp-Home (that is, they work with
reduced functionality) even when the ignition has been turned off and on a
few times. For certain faults in the CAN-net where control modules have
stopped communicating, it may help to disconnect/reconnect the battery
to "restart" the control module/CAN-net.

Remedy wiring as necessary.

Other information

 see CHECKING WIRING AND TERMINALS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Body Electrical

Fig. 13: Identifying DIM Wiring Terminals


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Continue

Refer to VERIFICATION

INFORMATION

FAULT-TRACING INFORMATION

The fault should have been detected and remedied. As this is not the case fault-tracing has failed.

Exit fault-tracing for this diagnostic trouble code (DTC) or make another attempt.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB

Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

COSMETIC PANEL, DOORS (2007-2012)


COSMETIC PANEL, DOORS

REMOVE

 Turn the ignition key to position 0.

NOTE: Wait at least five minutes before disassembling the connectors or


removing other electrical equipment.

Fig. 1: Identifying Door Handle Internal Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the door handle's interior panel

 Carefully pry loose the door handle's small interior panel by positioning a weatherstrip in the joint
between the top and bottom sections, centered between the three retaining catches.

Removing the door handle panel with door module


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 2: Identifying Door Handle Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Carefully pry around the door handle panel with door module so that the six clips release and the
cosmetic panel releases from the door panel.

Fig. 3: View Of Door Module Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Pull up the panel with door module and unplug the connector on the bottom.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 4: Identifying Door Module Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Removing the door module

 Remove the four screws holding the door module at the panel.
 Remove the door module.

INSTALL

Installing a new cosmetic panel

 Take the new panel from the kit and fasten the door module to it.
 Connect the door module connector.
 Press the new panel with door module into place. Make sure all catches engage.
 Refit the small interior panel.

 Repeat steps for the other door.

SUN VISOR, CHILD SEAT (2007-2011)


SUN VISOR

THE SUN VISOR IS SECURED WITH PRESS STUDS OR ELASTIC STRAPS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 5: Attaching Sun Visor To Top Of Child Seat


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 The sun visor can be attached to the top of the child seat with the press studs.

Fig. 6: Child Seat Sun Visor (1 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 7: Child Seat Sun Visor (2 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 The sun visor can also be secured in the seat belt lead-ins in the seat backrest.

Fig. 8: Child Seat Sun Visor (3 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Can also be folded to the side to protect against sunlight through the side window.

SUN BLIND, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (2007-2012)


SUN BLIND, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT

SUN BLIND, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 9: Identifying Luggage Compartment Windows


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLING

Fig. 10: Identifying Sun Blind


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 11: View Of Sun Blind Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 12: Identifying Sun Blind Clips Installation


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

REMOVING

NOTE: When removing the sun blind, hold the clips by the rear windscreen so that they
do not come loose.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 13: Folding Rear Window Sun Blind (1 of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 14: Folding Rear Window Sun Blind (2 of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 15: Folding Rear Window Sun Blind (3 of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 16: Folding Rear Window Sun Blind (4 of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

SUN BLIND, REAR SIDE WINDOW

INSTALLING
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 17: Identifying Rear Side Window Sun Blind


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 18: Installing Rear Side Window Sun Blind


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 19: View Of Rear Side Window Sun Blind


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

ARMREST, REAR SEAT (2007-2008)


ARMREST, REAR SEAT

REMOVE

Fig. 20: Identifying Backrest Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the panel between the backrests in the rear seat by inserting your hands between the padding and
brackets, pressing the four catches and then pulling out the panel.
 Place the panel to one side, it shall not be used again.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 21: Identifying Rear Seat Cushion


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Pull off the seat cushion, first at the rear edge where it is secured by one holder. Then at the front edge
where it is secured by two holders.
 Remove the seat cushion.

Fig. 22: View Of Panel For The Backrest's Left-Hand Mounting


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Fold the backrest forward.


 Remove the panel for the backrest's left-hand mounting.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 23: Identifying Armrest Mounting


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 24: Removing Backrest


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Fold the backrest away from the left-hand mounting.


 Pull it out from the mounting towards the right-hand side.

INSTALL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 25: View Of Control Arm Lug Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 26: Identifying Control Arm Lug


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Install the new bearing on the backrest's shaft journal. Ensure that the control arm's lug (1) locates in the
underneath of the shaft journal's hook (2).
 Press the control arm on the shaft journal until the hooks engage.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 27: Reinstall The Backrest


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Reinstall the backrest. Check that it is securely in its mountings.

Fig. 28: View Of Screw And Lock Pin


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Secure the backrest in the left-hand mounting with the screw and lock pin.
 Tighten the backrest and check that it is securely in its mountings. Torque tighten the screw to 15 Nm (11
lbf. ft.) .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 29: Installing Backrest Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 30: Repositioning Backseat


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Repeat points for the other backrest.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 31: Identifying Central Arm Rest


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Install the central armrest by grasping each end, moving it up towards the backrest lugs (1) and aligning
the holders (2) in the backrest's sides in the central armrest's cut-out (3).
 Then press the central armrest down at the rear edge so that the lugs (1) engage in the cut-out (4). A click
should be heard when the central armrest is secured.

Fig. 32: Installing Rear Seat Cushion


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CHILD SEAT EYELETS (2007-2011)


CHILD SEAT EYELETS

REMOVE / INSTALL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 33: Identifying Passenger Seat Backrest Forward


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Fold the passenger seat backrest forward.

Fig. 34: View Of Seat Runners


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Slide the front seat as far forward as possible so that the seat wings are visible.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 35: View Of Seat Runner Screw


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the seat wings on the left side by using a screwdriver to pry between the wings and the seat rail
while guiding the wings rearward. Do the same on the right side of the seat.

Fig. 36: View Of Eyelet Through The Square Hole


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Fit the eyelet through the square hole on the left seat wing. Do the same on the right side.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 37: Tighten Nut Jacket On Eyelet


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Tighten the nut jacket on the eyelet on the left and right side.

NOTE: Store the removed seat wings in a suitable spot so that they can be
reinstalled if the child seat eyelets are removed.

CHILD SEAT, ISOFIX MOUNTING FRONT (2007-2012)


CHILD SEAT, ISOFIX MOUNTING FRONT

WARNING: Never place the child seat on the front passenger seat if the car is
equipped with activated SRS (Airbag) on the passenger side.

If you have difficulties installing a child safety product contact the


manufacturer for clearer installation instructions.

REMOVE / INSTALL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 38: Folding Backrest Forward On Front Passenger Side


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Fold the backrest forward on the front passenger side.

INSTALL

Fig. 39: ISOFIX Attachment And Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Install the ISOFIX attachment to the SIPS tube with the four screws from the kit. Tighten the screws to 10
Nm (7.5 lbf. ft.)
 Reset the backrest.

CHILD SEAT, MOUNTING KIT (2007-2011)


MOUNTING KIT, CHILD SEAT, FRONT
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

REMOVE / INSTALL

Fig. 40: Identifying RH Tunnel Console Floor Carpet


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Fold down the floor carpet on the right-hand side of the tunnel console.

Fig. 41: View Of Center Console Mounting Screw


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the rear screw in the center console mounting.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 42: Identifying LH Mounting Screw


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Install the left-hand mounting with the existing screw. Torque tighten the screw to 24 Nm (18 lbf. ft.) .

Fig. 43: Identifying Floor Carpet Mounting Eyelet Marking


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Fold the floor carpet back under the mounting.


 Mark with a pen where the mounting eyelet shall go through the carpet.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 44: View Of Floor Carpet Mounting Eyelet


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Make a small cut in the floor carpet opposite the marking, equally as wide as the mounting eyelet.

Fig. 45: View Of Refit Carpet Over Mounting Eyelet


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Fold the carpet back over the mounting eyelet and refit it at the center console.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 46: Identifying Cover Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Remove the cover panel over the front right-hand mounting by carefully prizing it off with a weatherstrip
tool.

 Remove the screw in the mounting.

Fig. 47: Identifying Mounting Screw


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Make a small T-shape cut in the floor carpet, equally as wide as the mounting eyelet on the mounting in
the position as illustrated. Use the mounting to mark where the small cut should be located.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 48: Identifying T-Shape Cut In Carpet


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 49: View Of Mounting Eyelet


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Insert the mounting eyelet through the small cut in the floor carpet. Position the mounting over the hole
and the guide pin in the seat rail with the washer on top.
 Reinstall the screw. Torque tighten the screw to 50 Nm (37 lbf. ft.) .
 Reinstall the cover panel over the seat mounting.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 50: View Of Mounting Eyelet


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CHILD SEAT, PROTECTIVE CUSHION (2007-2012)


CHILD SEAT, PROTECTIVE CUSHION (2007-2009)

REMOVE / INSTALL

Fig. 51: View Of Protective Cushion In Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Take the protective cushion and locate the child seat in its correct position with the protective cushion
between the seat's backrest and the dashboard. The lower edge of the protective cushion must be
approximately edge to edge with the lower edge of the dashboard.
 Mark out the lower edge of the protective cushion on the end face of the seat with a strip of tape.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 52: Washing Back Of Child Seat


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Wash the back of the child seat for affixing the Velcro strap using a mixture of 30% washer fluid and
70% water as indicated by the marking.
 Wipe dry.

Fig. 53: Identifying Protective Cushion Velcro Strap


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Pull off one Velcro strap from the protective cushion.

NOTE: Do not pull only on the white protective tape.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Fig. 54: View Of Velcro Strap On The Centre Of Backrest


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Pull off the protective tape from the detached Velcro strap.
 Press the Velcro strap into the center of the backrest and according to the tape marking in the lower edge.
 Press the protective cushion into the seat's backrest.
 Remove the tape marking.

ISOFIX ATTACHMENT, CHILD SEAT, FRONT (2007-2012)


ISOFIX ATTACHMENT, CHILD SEAT, FRONT

REMOVE / INSTALL

Fig. 55: Folding Backrest Forward On Front Passenger Side


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

 Fold the backrest forward on the front passenger side.

Fig. 56: ISOFIX Attachment And Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 Install the ISOFIX attachment to the SIPS tube with the four screws from the kit. Tighten the screws to 10
Nm (7.5 lbf. ft.)
 Reset the backrest.

ISOFIX-GUIDE (2007-2012)
ISOFIX-GUIDE

INSTALLING/REMOVING THE ISOFIX-GUIDE

Illustration applies to the passenger seat and car models


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Interior - Installation Instructions, Accessories

Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Illustration applies to the rear seat and car models

Fig. 58: Identifying Isofix Guide


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Installing the Isofix guide:

 Press the Isofix guide (1) into place between the backrest and seat cushion. Press it down to the Isofix
mountings.
 The Isofix mountings must be visible in the guide's (1) openings. Check that the guide is correctly
installed.

Removing the Isofix guide:

 Grip the outer edges. Carefully pull the guide outwards.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Component Location

HVAC

Climate Units - Component Location

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (B5254T7)

NOTE: The graphics in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the graphics is always correct.

LOCATION OF COMPONENTS

LOCATING THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS IN THE PASSENGER


COMPARTMENT/DOOR MIRROR

Fig. 1: Identifying Climate Control System Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

1. Climate control unit (ECC or MCC)


2. Outside temperature sensor (left-hand side)
3. Passenger compartment temperature sensor (ECC)
4. Sun sensor (ECC)
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Component Location

5. Climate control unit


6. Air quality sensor (AQS).

LOCATION OF THE CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT COMPONENTS

Fig. 2: Identifying Climate Control Unit Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

1. Heat exchanger
2. Evaporator
3. Fan motor
4. Damper motor module (DMM) air distribution
5. Damper motor module (DMM) temperature, right-hand
6. Damper motor module (DMM) temperature, left-hand
7. Damper motor module (DMM) recirculation
8. Damper motor module (DMM) defroster
9. Evaporator temperature sensor
10. Air cleaner (ACL) passenger compartment.

LOCATING COMPONENTS IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Component Location

Fig. 3: Identifying Engine Compartment Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

1. Compressor
2. The pipe/hose between the compressor and the condenser
3. Condenser
4. Service valve HT, draining/vacuum pumping
5. Pipe/hose between condenser and expansion valve
6. The pipe between the expansion valve and the evaporator
7. Service valve LT, draining/filling/vacuum pumping
8. Pipe/hose between evaporator and receiver
9. Receiver
10. Pipe/hose between receiver and compressor
11. 2 pressure sensors.

COMPONENT LOCATION, CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE (CCM) (2007)


LOCATION OF COMPONENTS
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Component Location

Fig. 4: Identifying Passenger Compartment Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Overview, passenger compartment

1. Climate control module (CCM)


2. Switch for STC/DSTC
3. Passenger compartment temperature sensor with blower fan
4. Seat heating module (SHM) left
5. Seat heating module (SHM) right.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Component Location

Fig. 5: Identifying Climate Control Unit Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Overview, climate control unit

1. Damper motor module (DMM) recirculation


2. Damper motor module (DMM) temperature right. Only applies to vehicles equipped with ECC
3. Damper motor module (DMM) defroster
4. Damper motor module (DMM) air distribution
5. Damper motor module (DMM) temperature left
6. Air quality sensor (AQS)
7. Evaporator temperature sensor, Only applies to vehicles equipped with ECC

COMPONENT LOCATION, CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE (CCM) (2008-12)


COMPONENT LOCATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Component Location

Fig. 6: Identifying Passenger Compartment Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Overview, passenger compartment

1. Climate control module (CCM)


2. Switch tunnel console front
3. Switch tunnel console rear
4. Passenger compartment temperature sensor with blower fan
5. Seat heating module (SHM) left
6. Seat heating module (SHM) right.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Component Location

Fig. 7: Identifying Climate Control Unit Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Overview, climate control unit

1. Damper motor module (DMM) recirculation


2. Damper motor module (DMM) temperature right
3. Damper motor module (DMM) defroster
4. Damper motor module (DMM) air distribution
5. Damper motor module (DMM) temperature left
6. Air quality sensor (AQS)
7. Evaporator temperature sensor Only applies to vehicles equipped with ECC

AUXILIARY HEATER, FUEL OPERATED


FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER

NOTE: The graphics in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the graphics is always correct.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Component Location

LOCATION OF COMPONENTS

LOCATION OF ENGINE COOLANT HEATER COMPONENTS

The information applies to the D5WZ/D5WS and B5WS engine coolant heaters.

The engine coolant heater is located in the rear right-hand part of the engine compartment.

Fig. 8: Identifying Engine Coolant Heater Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Main components:

1. Engine coolant heater with radiator hose connections, exhaust system and external water pump (D5WS
and B5WS)
2. Fuel pump (FP) with fuel hoses/pipes to and from the fuel pump (FP). This is located in the rear axle
behind the fuel tank
3. Fuel hoses/pipes with suction hose on the fuel tank unit, suction and pressure hoses to and from the fuel
pump (FP) above the fuel tank (2), as well as pressure hoses/pipes under the vehicle, parallel with other
fuel hoses/pipes, up to the heater unit.

COMPONENTS ENGINE COOLANT HEATER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Component Location

Fig. 9: Identifying Booster Heater


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Component Location

Fig. 10: Exploded View Of Booster Heater Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

1. Combustion preheater module (CPM)


2. Fan shroud
3. Fan motor
4. Heat exchanger together with housing
5. Water temperature sensor and overheat protection thermostat together cable harness
6. Combustion chamber
7. Flame sensor
8. Glow plugs.

COMPONENT LOCATION, COMBUSTION PREHEATER MODULE (CPM)


LOCATION OF COMPONENTS
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Component Location

Fig. 11: Identifying Water Pump (Parking Heater), Combustion Preheater Module (CPM) And Fuel
Pump (FP)
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Overview

1. Water pump (parking heater)


2. Combustion preheater module (CPM)
3. Fuel pump (FP).
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

HVAC

Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

CONTROL
CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE (CCM)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information is
always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

Fig. 1: Identifying Climate Control Module Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

The unit is a complete control module that has many different functions in addition to controlling the climate
functions.

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

REMOVING CENTER CONSOLE

Ignition off.

Fig. 2: Identifying 4 Hidden Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the panel inside the center console. It is secured with 4 hidden clips.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 3: Identifying Radio Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the radio panel. It is secured with 2 hidden hooks.

HINT: Insert a small screwdriver and push the hooks away, 1 per side.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 4: Identifying Infotainment Control Module


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the infotainment control module (ICM). It is secured with 2 hidden clips.

HINT: Grip the infotainment control module (ICM) with both hands. Push the control module straight
out of the center console.

Remove:

 the 2 connectors from the infotainment control module (ICM)


 the connector from the center console.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 5: Identifying 4 Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the panel. See: POWER SOCKET 12V (2007) or POWER SOCKET 12V (2008-2012)
 the 4 screws.

Unclip the gear selector lever boot.

Lift the center console up / out.

REMOVING THE CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE (CCM)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 6: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the 8 screws.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 7: Identifying Climate Control Module (CCM) Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the 4 screws
 the climate control module (CCM).

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE (CCM)

CAUTION: Tighten the screws carefully. There is a risk of cracks forming.

Install:

 the climate control module (CCM) on the front section of the center console
 the 4 x screws. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE
 the rear section of the center console
 the 8 screws. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING CENTER CONSOLE


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Install:

 the gear selector lever boot


 the center console
 the 4 screws. Tighten
 the panel. See: POWER SOCKET 12V (2007) or POWER SOCKET 12V (2008-2012)
 the connector for the center console
 the 2 connectors for the infotainment control module (ICM)
 the infotainment control module (ICM). It is secured with 2 hidden clips
 the radio panel
 the panel inside the center console. It is secured with 4 hidden clips.

FINISHING

ORDERING SOFTWARE

Order software. See:

C30 30782266

PROGRAMMING CUSTOMER PARAMETERS AND ADJUSTING DAMPER MOTORS

Reprogram the customer programmed data

Carry out self-adjustment of the damper motor end positions. This is carried out in VIDA (Volvo scan tool)
Vehicle communication.

Test drive the vehicle. Check that the engine and climate control system are functioning.

AIR DISTRIBUTION
DRIVER SIDE REGISTER (2010-2012)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

CENTER VENTILATION VENT, REPLACING

REMOVING THE CENTER VENTILATION VENT


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 8: Identifying Ventilation Grilles And Vent Housing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the ventilation grilles. Pry off the grilles from inside


 the vent housing by prying up the hooks. See the illustration
 the connector for the switch.

TRANSFERRING COMPONENTS

Transfer the switch for the hazard warning signal flashers to the new ventilation vent housing.

INSTALLING THE CENTER VENTILATION VENT

Install:

 the connector
 the vent housing. Ensure that the hooks engage properly.

First locate the ventilation grilles in the outer mountings. Then press the grilles into place.

OUTER VENTILATION VENTS, REPLACING


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

REMOVING OUTER VENTILATION VENTS

Fig. 9: Identifying Ventilation Grilles And Vent Housing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the ventilation grilles. Pry off the grilles from outside


 the vent housing by prying up the hooks. See the illustration.

INSTALLING OUTER VENTILATION VENTS

Install the vent housing. Ensure that the hooks engage properly.

First locate the ventilation grilles in the inner mountings. Then press the grilles into place.

POLLEN FILTER CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (2007)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

REMOVING THE ACCELERATOR PEDAL (AP)

Remove the accelerator pedal (AP). See ACCELERATOR PEDAL .

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AIR CLEANER (ACL)

Fig. 10: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fold the floor carpet out of the way.

Remove:

 the 3 screws and raise the cover


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 11: Identifying Passenger Compartment Air Cleaner (ACL)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the filter by pulling it out behind the brake pedal.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AIR CLEANER (ACL)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 12: Identifying Passenger Compartment Air Cleaner (ACL)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: The direction of the air flow is indicated on the top of the filter. Ensure that the
filter is installed with the text side facing up and so that the arrows on the filter
point straight back into the vehicle.

Install the air filter by compressing it slightly and inserting it behind the brake pedal.

Clamp the cover in place at the rear edge. Screw the cover into place at the front edge using the 3 screws.

Fold back the carpet.

Install the accelerator pedal (AP). See ACCELERATOR PEDAL .

POLLEN FILTER CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (2008-2012)

REMOVAL / INSTALLATION

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 13: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

Fig. 14: Identifying Screw


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 15: Identifying Pollen Filter


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 16: Identifying Air Flow


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

VENTILATION DUCT FOOT SPACE REAR

REMOVE / INSTALL

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 17: Identifying Air Ducts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT DASHBOARD LOUDSPEAKER, REPLACING

REMOVING THE AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT FROM THE DASHBOARD


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 18: Identifying Air Distribution Unit


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the dashboard. See: DASHBOARD .

Turn the dashboard upside down.

Remove the 3 screws and the 2 tie straps. Lift up the cable duct.

Disconnect the connector for the sun sensor / alarm LED.

INSTALLING THE AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT IN THE DASHBOARD

Install:

 the air distribution unit to the air ducts for the outer vents
 the cable duct using the 3 screws and 2 tie straps
 the connector for the sun sensor / alarm LED
 the dashboard. See: DASHBOARD

AIR DUCT OUTER VENT, REPLACING

REMOVING AIR DUCT OUTER VENT


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 19: Identifying Air Duct Outer Vent


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the dashboard. See: DASHBOARD

Turn the dashboard upside down.

Remove the screw and pull the duct away from the air vent.

INSTALLING AIR DUCT OUTER VENT

Install:

 the duct for the outer air vents


 the screw
 the dashboard. See: DASHBOARD

AIR DUCT FRONT FLOOR, REPLACING

REMOVING AIR DUCT FRONT FLOOR

Remove:
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the soundproofing panel on the driver's side. See: INSTRUMENT PANEL LOWER
 the air duct on the driver's side. Slacken off the screw a few turns and pry off the air duct
 the lower soundproofing panel on the passenger side. This is secured with 2 clips
 the glove compartment. See GLOVE COMPARTMENT
 the air duct on the passenger side. Slacken off the screw a few turns and pry off the air duct.

INSTALLING AIR DUCT FRONT FLOOR

Install:

 the air duct on the driver's side. Press the air duct into place and finger-tighten the screw
 the soundproofing panel on the driver's side. See: INSTRUMENT PANEL LOWER
 the air duct on the passenger side. Press the air duct into place and finger-tighten the screw
 the glove compartment. See: GLOVE COMPARTMENT
 the lower soundproofing panel on the passenger side using the 2 clips.

AIR DUCT FLOOR CENTER TO PASSENGER COMPARTMENT REAR, REPLACING

REMOVING CENTER AIR DUCT TO FLOOR REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

Fig. 20: Identifying Center Air Duct


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the front seat as described in, see FRONT SEAT


 the tunnel compartment. See: FLOOR CONSOLE
 the front sill trim panel. See: SILL EDGE

Fold the front floor carpet to one side.

Remove the rear air vent.

Pull / pry off the duct at the center console. Detach the duct at the upper mounting.

Press down the upper section of the duct in front of the cross member.

Pull the duct forwards. Detach the duct from the cross member.

INSTALLING CENTER AIR DUCT TO FLOOR REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

Install:

 the duct in the cross member and the front section of the duct in the upper mounting
 the rear air vent
 the floor carpet
 the front sill trim panel, see: SILL EDGE
 the center console. See: INSTALLING CENTER CONSOLE
 the front seat as described in, see FRONT SEAT

AIR DUCT FLOOR FRONT TO PASSENGER COMPARTMENT REAR, REPLACING

REMOVING FRONT AIR DUCT TO FLOOR REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 21: Identifying Air Duct


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove center console. See: REMOVING CENTER CONSOLE.

Pull down the top of the air duct. Angle the duct out from the dashboard. Remove the duct.

INSTALLING FRONT AIR DUCT TO FLOOR REAR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

Install:

 air duct. Start at the bottom edge and connect the 2 floor ducts. Then connect it at the top edge
 the center console. See: INSTALLING CENTER CONSOLE

SILL EDGE

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

FRONT DOOR SILL TRIM PANEL, REPLACING

REMOVING THE SILL TRIM PANEL FROM THE FRONT SIDE DOOR
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 22: Identifying Front Side Door Sill Trim Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Pull the rear edge straight up.

Ease out the front mount against the dashboard.

INSTALLING THE SILL TRIM PANEL FOR THE FRONT SIDE DOOR

Secure the front mount against the dashboard.

Press the sill trim panel into place.

CAUTION: Ensure that the sill trim panel goes into the groove at the B-pillar panel.

REAR DOOR SILL TRIM PANEL, REPLACING

REMOVING THE SILL TRIM PANEL FROM THE REAR SIDE DOOR
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 23: Identifying Removal Of Sill Trim Panel From Rear Side Door
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Pull the front edge straight up.

Ease out the rear mount against the C-post panel.

INSTALLING THE SILL TRIM PANEL FOR THE REAR SIDE DOOR

Secure the rear mount against the C-post panel.

Press the sill trim panel into place.

CAUTION: Ensure that the sill trim panel goes into the groove at the B-pillar panel.

SILL TRIM PANEL TRUNK LID, REPLACING

REMOVING THE SILL TRIM PANEL TRUNK LID


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 24: Identifying Removal Of Sill Trim Panel Trunk Lid


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Lift up the cargo compartment floor.

Remove the 2 screw clips.

Pull the sill trim panel straight up.

INSTALLING THE SILL TRIM PANEL TRUNK LID

Press the sill trim panel into place.

Install the 2 screw clips.

Fold the cargo compartment floor down.

CLIMATE UNIT
ACTUATOR DAMPER CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVER'S SIDE

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

The are 2 damper motor modules (DMM) for temperature, one on the right and one on the left-hand side.

REMOVING THE DASHBOARD

Remove the dashboard. See: DASHBOARD

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE DAMPER MOTOR MODULE (DMM) FOR TEMPERATURE

Fig. 25: Identifying Screws And Control Module


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the connector.

HINT: Using a small electrician's screwdriver, pry up the connector at the lock. Pull the connector off.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Remove:

 the 3 screws
 the control module.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE DAMPER MOTOR MODULE (DMM) FOR TEMPERATURE

Install:

 the control module in position. Adjust the shaft journal so that it goes in
 the 3 screws. Tighten crosswise
 the switch
 the dashboard. See: DASHBOARD

NOTE: Identify the damper motor module (DMM) temperature. See VIDA (Volvo scan
tool) Vehicle communication.

FINISHING

TESTING THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK .

ACTUATOR, MIXER DAMPER

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

The damper motor module (DMM) for air distribution is only on the left-hand side.

REMOVING THE DASHBOARD

Remove the dashboard. See: DASHBOARD

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE DAMPER MOTOR MODULE (DMM) FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 26: Identifying Screws And Control Module


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the connector.

HINT: Using a small electrician's screwdriver, pry up the connector at the lock. Pull the connector off.

Remove:

 the 3 screws
 the control module.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE DAMPER MOTOR MODULE (DMM) FOR AIR DISTRIBUTION

Install:

 the control module in position. Adjust the shaft journal so that it goes in
 the 3 screws. Tighten crosswise
 the switch
 the dashboard. See: DASHBOARD .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

NOTE: Identify the damper motor module (DMM) air distribution. See VIDA (Volvo scan
tool) Vehicle communication.

FINISHING

TESTING THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK .

ACTUATOR RECIRCULATION

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING THE GLOVE COMPARTMENT

Remove the glove compartment. See: GLOVE COMPARTMENT .

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE DAMPER MOTOR MODULE (DMM) FOR RECIRCULATION


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 27: Identifying Screws And Control Module


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the connector.

HINT: Using a small electrician's screwdriver, pry up the connector at the lock. Pull the connector off.

Remove:

 the 4 screws
 the control module.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE DAMPER MOTOR MODULE (DMM) FOR RECIRCULATION

Install:

 the control module in position. Adjust the shaft journal so that it goes in
 the 4 screws. Tighten crosswise
 the switch
 the glove compartment. See GLOVE COMPARTMENT .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

NOTE: Identify the damper motor module (DMM) recirculation. See VIDA (Volvo scan
tool) Vehicle communication.

FINISHING

TESTING THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK .

ACTUATOR REGISTER DUCT FOOTWELL

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

The damper motor module (DMM) for the defroster is only on the right-hand side.

REMOVING THE DASHBOARD

Remove the dashboard. See: DASHBOARD

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE DAMPER MOTOR MODULE (DMM) FOR THE DEFROSTER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 28: Identifying Screws And Control Module


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the connector.

HINT: Using a small electrician's screwdriver, pry up the connector at the lock. Pull the connector off.

Remove:

 the 3 screws
 the control module.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE DAMPER MOTOR MODULE (DMM) FOR THE DEFROSTER

Install:

 the control module in position. Adjust the shaft journal so that it goes in
 the 3 screws. Tighten crosswise
 the switch
 the dashboard. See: DASHBOARD
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

NOTE: Identify the damper motor module (DMM) defroster. See VIDA (Volvo scan tool)
Vehicle communication.

FINISHING

TESTING THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK .

AIR QUALITY SENSOR (2007)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

IGNITION OFF AND REMOVING THE GLOVE COMPARTMENT

Fig. 29: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Ignition off.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Remove the glove compartment. See: GLOVE COMPARTMENT .

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE AIR QUALITY SENSOR (AQS)

Fig. 30: Air Quality Sensor


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

The air quality sensor (AQS) is located in front of the damper motor module (DMM) recirculation.

Turn the air quality sensor (AQS) approximately 60 degrees counter-clockwise.

Disconnect the connector.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE AIR QUALITY SENSOR (AQS)

Connect the connector.

Position the air quality sensor (AQS) in the groove. Turn the air quality sensor (AQS) approximately 60 degrees
clockwise until it stops.

Check that it is secure.

Install the glove compartment. See: GLOVE COMPARTMENT .

FINISHING

Order software.

 C30 - 30782266

TESTING THE AIR QUALITY SENSOR (AQS)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Carry out a performance test on the air quality sensor (AQS). See: AIR QUALITY SENSOR, CHECKING.

AIR QUALITY SENSOR, CHECKING

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

PREPARATORY WORK

Remove the cowl. See PLENUM CHAMBER .

CHECK

CHECKING AIR QUALITY SENSOR (AQS)

Fig. 31: Identifying Air Quality Sensor (AQS)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Start the car with the climate control system automatic button in the ON position.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Spray a little rust solvent or windshield washer fluid from a spray bottle in the area around the air quality
sensor.

NOTE: Only spray a little.

If the air quality sensor and the other electronics are fault free, the damper for the air intake should close within
a short period of time.

If the air quality sensor is fault free, the damper will gradually open after approximately 15 seconds.

FINISHING

FINISHING

Wipe away any fluid around the air quality sensor (AQS).

Install the cowl. See: PLENUM CHAMBER

AIR QUALITY SENSOR (2008-2012)

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Remove glove compartment, see GLOVE COMPARTMENT

Fig. 32: Identifying Air Quality Sensor


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 33: Identifying Sensor Rotating 60 Degrees


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

BLOWER MOTOR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

Special tools:

see 9997115

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

IMPORTANT INFORMATION AND REMOVING COMPONENTS

CAUTION: Do not touch the fan motor's fan rotor. This is to avoid damage to the fan
blades, which can cause imbalance in the fan rotor.

NOTE: Do not place the fan motor on the fan rotor.

Remove:

 the instrument panel, according to DASHBOARD


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 34: Identifying Air Distribution Damper Cover Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the air quality sensor (AQS)


 the connector for the damper motor module (DMM) recirculation
 the damper motor module (DMM) recirculation. See: ACTUATOR RECIRCULATION
 the 3 screws for the air distribution damper cover
 the cover for the air distribution damper.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE BLOWER FAN MOTOR


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 35: Identifying Catch On Connector For Fan Motor


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Press in the catch on the connector for the fan motor and pull straight out.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 36: Identifying Lock Button And Limit Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Press the lock button (1).

Turn the fan motor counter-clockwise to the limit position (2).


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 37: Identifying Blower Fan Motor


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the fan motor from the passenger side. Use: see 9997115 .

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE BLOWER FAN MOTOR


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 38: Identifying Blower Fan Motor


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Place the fan motor in the correct position for installation. Use: see 9997115 .

NOTE: Turn the fan motor to the position for installation.

Insert the fan motor from the driver's side. Turn clockwise to the limit position.

Connect the connector.

Install:

 the cover for the air distribution damper using the 3 screws. Tighten
 the damper motor module (DMM) recirculation. See: ACTUATOR RECIRCULATION
 the connector for the damper motor module (DMM) recirculation
 the air quality sensor (AQS).

FINISHING

TESTING THE FAN MOTOR


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Test the operation of the fan motor.

Install the dashboard. See: DASHBOARD

CLIMATE UNITS

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

DRAINING THE AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) SYSTEM

WARNING: Follow the safety instructions for work on air conditioning systems. See:
REFRIGERANT .

Read the instructions for slow and fast leaks acc. to: AC-SYSTEM, OIL, REFILLING .

CAUTION: Always use new O-rings lubricated with compressor oil.

NOTE: Plug the pipes and connections when working on the climate control system.

Drain the refrigerant from the AC-system acc. to: REFRIGERANT, DRAINING .

DRAINING COOLANT AND REMOVING COMPONENTS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 39: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the expansion tank cap.

Raise the vehicle.

Remove the shield under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips.

Install a hose on the nipple at the radiator.

Feed the hose down to a container.

Open the nipple. Drain off the engine coolant.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 40: Identifying Dashboard


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the dashboard. See: DASHBOARD

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 41: Identifying Spacer And Right-Hand Half Of Lead-In


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the 2 screws and remove the right-hand half of the lead-in.


 the section that holds the heat exchanger and evaporator pipes apart.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 42: Identifying Screw Securing Air Conditioning (A/C) Pipes


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Lift up both air conditioning (A/C) hoses from their mountings below the right-hand spring strut turret.

Remove the 1 screw securing the air conditioning (A/C) pipes to the evaporator. See the illustration.

Pull the pipes off from the evaporator connection.

Separate the pipes to the heat exchanger. see HEAT EXCHANGER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 43: Identifying Drainage Hose From Lower Connection On Right-Hand Side Under Heat Exchanger
Housing
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the drainage hose from the lower connection on the right-hand side under the heat exchanger housing
 the climate control unit.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING THE CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT

Install:

 the climate control unit


 the drainage hose from the heat exchanger housing

Install the pipes to the heat exchanger. See HEAT EXCHANGER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the 1 M8 screw securing the air conditioning (A/C) pipes to the evaporator in the engine compartment.
Tighten
 both the air conditioning (A/C) hoses in their mountings below the right-hand spring strut turret
 the spacer that holds the heat exchanger and evaporator pipes apart
 the 2 screws and the right-hand half of the lead-in. Tighten
 the dashboard. Do not install the glove compartment. See: DASHBOARD
 the drain nipple on the radiator.

Fill with coolant and warm up the engine until the thermostat opens. Top up if necessary.

Check that the pipe coupling does not leak.

FINISHING

ACCUMULATOR REPLACEMENT WITH FUNCTION CHECK AND LEAK DETECTION

Replace ACCUMULATOR.

Vacuum pump the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: VACUUM PUMPING .

Fill the AC-system with refrigerant acc. to: REFRIGERANT, FILLING .

Leak trace the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: LEAK DETECTION, TRACER AGENT , LEAK
TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2007, 2010-11) or LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC
LEAK TRACER (2008-09) .

INSTALLING COMPONENTS
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 44: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install:

 the glove compartment. See GLOVE COMPARTMENT


 the shield under the vehicle using the 7 clips

ACCUMULATOR

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

DRAINING THE AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) SYSTEM AND REMOVING COMPONENTS

WARNING: Follow the safety instructions for work on air conditioning systems. See:
REFRIGERANT .

Read the instructions for slow and fast leaks acc. to: AC-SYSTEM, OIL, REFILLING .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

CAUTION: Always use new O-rings lubricated with compressor oil.

NOTE: Plug the pipes and connections when working on the climate control system.

Drain the refrigerant from the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: REFRIGERANT, DRAINING .

Remove:

 right-hand front headlamp. See: HEADLAMP BULB (2007) or HEADLAMP BULB (2008-2012)
 the bumper shell. See COVER BUMPER FRONT (2007 - 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER
FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012) .

Remove:

 the front edge of the right-hand fender liner


 the plastic nut, x 1
 the retaining clip against the engine cover under the vehicle.

REMOVAL

REMOVING RECEIVER
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 45: Identifying Nut Under Front Fender Liner On Right-Hand Side
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the nut under the front fender liner on the right-hand side. See the illustration.

NOTE: Lubricate the thread using a little rustproofing agent so that the pressed in
screw does not come loose.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 46: Identifying Pipe/Hose Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the pipe / hose connection to the receiver. See the illustration.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 47: Identifying Pipe Coupling


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the screw (A) for the pipe coupling


 the 3 screws (B) for mounting the receiver.

Remove the receiver.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING RECEIVER

Fill the recommended volume of compressor oil. See: AC-SYSTEM, OIL, REFILLING .

NOTE: Install the receiver within 5-10 minutes of the plugs having been removed. This
prevents the absorbent material absorbing moisture from the air.

Install:
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the receiver together with 3 M8 screws. Tighten.


 the pipe couplings, 2 x M8. Make sure the O-rings are securely located. Tighten the screws.
 the M8 nut below the fender liner. Tighten.
 the fender liner together with the plastic nut and the retaining clip.

FINISHING

CHECKING THE FUNCTION AND LEAK TRACING

Vacuum pump the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: VACUUM PUMPING .

Fill the air conditioning (A/C) system with refrigerant. See: REFRIGERANT, FILLING .

Leak trace the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: LEAK DETECTION, TRACER AGENT , LEAK
TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2007, 2010-11) or LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC
LEAK TRACER (2008-09) .

INSTALLING COMPONENTS AND CHECKING PERFORMANCE

Install:

 the bumper cover. See: COVER BUMPER FRONT (2007 - 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER
FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012)
 right-hand front headlamp. See: HEADLAMP BULB (2007) or HEADLAMP BULB (2008-2012) .

Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK .

ELECTRIC BOOSTER HEATER (2007)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING COMPONENTS

Remove center console. See: REMOVING CENTER CONSOLE.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE ELECTRICAL PREHEATER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 48: Identifying Screws For Right-Hand Mounting Bracket, Clamps For Cable Harness And
Connectors
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the cable harness from the mounting bracket. This is secured with 2 clips
 the 4 screws. Remove the right-hand mounting bracket
 the 2 clamps for the cable harness
 the 3 connectors.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 49: Identifying Preheater Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Do not perform any work on the electrical preheater until the heating coil
has cooled to ambient temperature.

Remove the 2 screws.

Pull out the preheater.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING THE ELECTRICAL PREHEATER

Install the preheater. Ensure that it is situated horizontally and engages in the guide pins on the opposite side.

Install:

 the 2 screws. Tighten


 the 2 clamps for the cable harness
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the 3 connectors
 the cable harness on the mounting bracket using the 2 clips
 the right-hand mounting bracket using the 4 screws (of which 3 M8). Tighten.

FINISHING

INSTALLING COMPONENTS

Install the center console. See: INSTALLING CENTER CONSOLE.

FUNCTION TESTING THE ELECTRICAL PREHEATER

Test the function of the electrical preheater. First read the information below and ensure that the conditions for
the function test are correct.

The electrical preheater comprises 3 separate heater elements assembled in a housing. The preheater is regulated
by the central electronic module (CEM), and regulation depends on the following factors:

 The electrical preheater is only activated at ambient temperatures lower than 10 °C


 When the coolant temperature reaches 70 °C, the preheater is disconnected. It is subsequently only
activated when the coolant temperature drops below 60 °C
 The electrical preheater is activated depending on the capacity of the generator (GEN).

ELECTRIC BOOSTER HEATER (2008-2012)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING COMPONENTS

Remove center console. See: REMOVING CENTER CONSOLE.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE ELECTRICAL PREHEATER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 50: Identifying Screws For Right-Hand Mounting Bracket, Clamps For Cable Harness And
Connectors
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the cable harness from the mounting bracket. This is secured with 2 clips
 the 4 screws. Remove the right-hand mounting bracket
 the 2 clamps for the cable harness
 the 3 connectors.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 51: Identifying Preheater Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Do not perform any work on the electrical preheater until the heating coil
has cooled to ambient temperature.

Remove the 2 screws.

Pull out the preheater.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING THE ELECTRICAL PREHEATER

Install the preheater. Ensure that it is situated horizontally and engages in the guide pins on the opposite side.

Install:

 the 2 screws. Tighten


 the 2 clamps for the cable harness
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the 3 connectors
 the cable harness on the mounting bracket using the 2 clips
 the right-hand mounting bracket using the 4 screws (of which 3 M8). Tighten.

FINISHING

INSTALLING COMPONENTS

Install the center console. See: INSTALLING CENTER CONSOLE

FUNCTION TESTING THE ELECTRICAL PREHEATER

Test the function of the electrical preheater. First read the information below and ensure that the conditions for
the function test are correct.

The electrical preheater comprises 3 separate heater elements assembled in a housing. The preheater is regulated
by the central electronic module (CEM), and regulation depends on the following factors:

 The electrical preheater is only activated at ambient temperatures lower than 10 °C


 When the coolant temperature reaches 70 °C, the preheater is disconnected. It is subsequently only
activated when the coolant temperature drops below 60 °C
 The electrical preheater is activated depending on the capacity of the generator (GEN).

HEAT EXCHANGER

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 52: Identifying Engine Splash Guard


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Draining coolant and removing the engine splash guard.

Remove:

 the cover for the expansion tank and raise the vehicle
 the engine splash guard.

Attach a hose on the nipple at the radiator and lower the hose to a container.

Open the nipple and drain off the coolant.

Fig. 53: Identifying Radiator Hoses


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Lower the vehicle.

Detach the radiator hoses from the engine compartment.

Turn the radiator hose connection counter-clockwise to the end position and then pull off the radiator hose.

REMOVAL

Remove:

 the center console. See REMOVING CENTER CONSOLE.


 the glove compartment. See GLOVE COMPARTMENT .

Detach the central electrical unit from its bracket but allow it to hang from the wiring. See CONTROL
MODULE RELAY BOX PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 54: Identifying Climate Control Unit Brackets, Air Duct And Screws
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the brackets on both sides of the climate control unit and the screws, 3 per bracket
 the air duct
 the 8 x screws for the cover.

Pull the cover at angle downwards/backwards.

Heat exchanger. See HEAT EXCHANGER.

Fig. 55: Identifying Heat Exchanger Pipes


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: The heat exchanger has pipes that are factory integrated. These pipes must be
cut in order to remove the unit. The heat exchanger in the service kit has
separate pipes, however.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Place some paper below the pipe couplings to collect any spilled coolant.

Cut or saw off the pipes.

Press the pipes towards the firewall so that they protrude into the engine compartment.

HINT: To facilitate, also route the pipes from the engine compartment.

Fig. 56: Identifying Screws And Lead-In's Right Half


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the 2 x screws and the lead-in's right half.


 the section that holds the heat exchanger and evaporator pipes apart.

Pull the heat exchanger pipes through the seal.

Seal the pipes to the heat exchanger so that the remaining coolant cannot run out.

Angle the heat exchanger up at the rear edge. Lift out the heat exchanger towards the passenger side.

NOTE: Note how the seal is located on the heat exchanger.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: Install a new seal carefully using the removed evaporator as a template.

Install:

 the heat exchanger


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the heat exchanger pipes through the seal.

HINT: To facilitate assembling the pipes, lubricate the ends with a little oil.

NOTE: Use new O-rings for the pipe ends.

Install the pipes at the connection to the heat exchanger pipes.

Fig. 57: Identifying Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the clips so that they lock securely. A click must be heard.

NOTE: The clips only fit one way in the pipe connection.

Fig. 58: Identifying Screws For Cover, Air Duct And Brackets On Both Sides Of Climate Control Units
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Install:

 the 8 x screws for the cover. Tighten


 the air duct
 the brackets on both sides of the climate control unit and the screws, 3 per bracket. Tighten.

FINISHING

Install:

 the central electrical unit in its bracket. See CONTROL MODULE RELAY BOX PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT

 the center console. See INSTALLING CENTER CONSOLE.

CHECKING THE FUNCTION AND LEAK TRACING

Install the radiator hoses in the connections by the firewall.

Tighten the drain nipple on the radiator.

Fill with coolant and warm up the engine until the thermostat opens. Top up the coolant if necessary.

Check that the pipe coupling does not leak.

Install the glove compartment. See GLOVE COMPARTMENT .

TEMPERATURE SENSOR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

COMPONENT OVERVIEW
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 59: Identifying Passenger Compartment Temperature Sensor (ECC Only)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

REMOVING COMPONENTS

Fig. 60: Identifying 4 Hidden Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Use a weatherstrip tool and remove the panel inside the center console. It is secured with 4 hidden clips.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 61: Identifying Driver's Side Soundproofing Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the end cover on the left-hand side. Use a weatherstrip tool and start at the rear edge.

Remove the 3 screws and the clip for the driver's side soundproofing panel. Leave the soundproofing panel
hanging from the cable harness.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE BLOWER FAN MOTOR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 62: Identifying Catches


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the connector.

Press in the catches. Lift straight up.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE BLOWER FAN MOTOR PASSENGER COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Install:

 the blower fan with the passenger compartment temperature sensor


 the connector
 the driver's side soundproofing panel using the 3 screws and the clip
 the end cover
 the panel inside the center console.

COOLING UNIT
AC COMPRESSOR
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

DRAINING THE AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) SYSTEM AND REMOVING THE COVER

WARNING: Follow the safety instructions for work on air conditioning systems. See:
REFRIGERANT .

Read the instructions for slow and fast leaks acc. to: AC-SYSTEM, OIL, REFILLING .

CAUTION: Always use new O-rings lubricated with compressor oil.

NOTE: Plug the pipes and connections when working on the climate control system
(air conditioning).

Drain the refrigerant from the AC-system acc. to: REFRIGERANT, DRAINING .

Raise the vehicle.

Remove the drive belts. See: ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT TENSIONER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 63: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the cover under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips.

REMOVAL

REMOVING COMPRESSOR
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 64: Identifying Lower/Front Pipe/Hose Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the connector to the magnetic clutch


 the pipe connections for the compressor (1) and (2).
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 65: Identifying Compressor Mounting Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the 3 mounting screws for the compressor.

Remove the compressor.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING THE COMPRESSOR


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 66: Identifying Lower/Front Pipe/Hose Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Position the compressor.

 Fasten the compressor with screws, 3 pcs. M8


 Install the longest screw in the rear mounting
 Insert the screws
 Begin by tightening the longest M8
 Tighten the remaining 2 pcs. M8.

It is important to follow the installation instruction to make sure of the AC-compressor's position. In case of
wrong installation order, the AC-compressor ends up at an angle. This leads to incorrect loading on the belt
tensioner, as well as displacement of the belt and subsequent belt failure.

Connect the connector.

Install the pipe connections, 2 M8 (1) and (2). Ensure that the O-rings are securely located between the
compressor and the pipes.

Tighten the screws.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Install the drive belts. See: ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT TENSIONER .

FINISHING

CHECKING THE FUNCTION AND LEAK TRACING

Vacuum pump the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: VACUUM PUMPING

Fill the AC-system with refrigerant acc. to: REFRIGERANT, FILLING

Leak trace the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: LEAK DETECTION, TRACER AGENT , LEAK
TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2007, 2010-11) or LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC
LEAK TRACER (2008-2009) .

CHECKING THE PERFORMANCE

Fig. 67: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the shield under the vehicle using the 7 clips.

Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

DRAINING THE AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) SYSTEM AND REMOVING COMPONENTS

WARNING: Follow the safety instructions for work on air conditioning systems. See:
REFRIGERANT .

Read the instructions for slow and fast leaks acc. to: AC-SYSTEM, OIL, REFILLING .

CAUTION: Always use new O-rings lubricated with compressor oil.

NOTE: Plug the pipes and connections when working on the climate control system.

Drain the refrigerant from the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: REFRIGERANT, DRAINING .

Remove:

 right-hand front headlamp. See: HEADLAMP BULB (2007) or HEADLAMP BULB (2008-2012)
 the bumper shell. See COVER BUMPER FRONT (2007 - 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER
FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012) .

Remove:

 the front edge of the right-hand fender liner


 the plastic nut, x 1
 the retaining clip against the engine cover under the vehicle.

REMOVAL

REMOVING RECEIVER
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 68: Identifying Nut Under Front Fender Liner On Right-Hand Side
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the nut under the front fender liner on the right-hand side. See the illustration.

NOTE: Lubricate the thread using a little rustproofing agent so that the pressed in
screw does not come loose.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 69: Identifying Pipe/Hose Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the pipe / hose connection to the receiver. See the illustration.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 70: Identifying Pipe Coupling


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the screw (A) for the pipe coupling


 the 3 screws (B) for mounting the receiver.

Remove the receiver.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING RECEIVER

Fill the recommended volume of compressor oil. See: AC-SYSTEM, OIL, REFILLING .

NOTE: Install the receiver within 5-10 minutes of the plugs having been removed. This
prevents the absorbent material absorbing moisture from the air.

Install:
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the receiver together with 3 M8 screws. Tighten


 the pipe couplings, 2 x M8. Make sure the O-rings are securely located. Tighten the screws
 the M8 nut below the fender liner. Tighten
 the fender liner together with the plastic nut and the retaining clip.

FINISHING

CHECKING THE FUNCTION AND LEAK TRACING

Vacuum pump the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: VACUUM PUMPING .

Fill the air conditioning (A/C) system with refrigerant. See: REFRIGERANT, FILLING .

Leak trace the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: LEAK DETECTION, TRACER AGENT , LEAK
TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2007, 2010-11) or LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC
LEAK TRACER (2008-2009) .

INSTALLING COMPONENTS AND CHECKING PERFORMANCE

Install:

 the bumper cover. See: COVER BUMPER FRONT (2007 - 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER
FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012)
 right-hand front headlamp. See: HEADLAMP BULB (2007) or HEADLAMP BULB (2008-2012) .

Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK .

CONDENSER (B5244S4, B5254T3)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

DRAINING THE AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) SYSTEM

WARNING: Follow the safety instructions for work on air conditioning systems. See:
SAFETY INFORMATION COOLING SYSTEM .

Read the instructions for slow and fast leaks acc. to: AC-SYSTEM, OIL, REFILLING .

CAUTION: Always use new O-rings lubricated with compressor oil.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

NOTE: Plug the pipes and connections when working on the climate control system.

Drain the refrigerant from the AC-system acc. to: REFRIGERANT, DRAINING .

REMOVING COMPONENTS

Fig. 71: Identifying Rear Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the bumper shell. See COVER BUMPER FRONT (2010, 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER
FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012)
 the left-hand headlamp. See: HEADLAMP BULB (2007) or HEADLAMP BULB (2008-2012) .
 the 2 screws (1) and (2) at the condenser connection (see the illustration)
 the air conditioning unit. See: RADIATOR (B5244S4) or RADIATOR (B5254T3, B5254T7) .

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE CONDENSER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 72: Removing The Condenser


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Press in the catch. Carefully pry off both sides using a screwdriver.

Remove the condenser from the air conditioning unit.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING THE CONDENSER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 73: Installing The Condenser


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fill the condenser with oil. See AC-SYSTEM, OIL, REFILLING .

Press the condenser into the mounting points.

NOTE: Ensure that both retaining clips secure the condenser.

FINISHING

CHECKING THE FUNCTION AND LEAK TRACING


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 74: Identifying Rear Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install:

 the air conditioning unit. See: RADIATOR (B5254T3, B5254T7) or RADIATOR (B5244S4)
 the 2 M8 screws (1) and (2) at the condenser connection (see the illustration). Tighten.

Vacuum pump the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: VACUUM PUMPING .

Fill the AC-system with refrigerant acc. to: REFRIGERANT, FILLING .

Leak trace the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: LEAK DETECTION, TRACER AGENT , LEAK
TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2008-2009) or LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK
TRACER (2007, 2010-11) .

INSTALLING COMPONENTS

Install:

 the left-hand headlamp. See: HEADLAMP BULB (2007) or HEADLAMP BULB (2008-2012)
 the bumper shell. See COVER BUMPER FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012) or COVER BUMPER
FRONT (2010, 2011) .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

CONDENSER (B5254T7)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

DRAINING THE A/C SYSTEM

WARNING: Follow the safety instructions for work on air conditioning systems. See:
SAFETY INFORMATION COOLING SYSTEM .

Read the instructions for slow and fast leaks acc. to: AC-SYSTEM, OIL, REFILLING .

CAUTION: Always use new O-rings lubricated with compressor oil.

NOTE: Plug the pipes and connections when working on the climate control system.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE AIR CONDITIONING AGGREGATE

Remove the air conditioning aggregate. See: RADIATOR (B5244S4) or RADIATOR (B5254T3, B5254T7) .

REMOVING THE CONDENSER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 75: Identifying Screws And Cover From Frame


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the 4 screws
 the cover from the frame.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 76: Identifying Condenser


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Lift the condenser straight up.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE CONDENSER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 77: Identifying Screws And Cover From Frame


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fill the condenser with oil. See AC-SYSTEM, OIL, REFILLING .

Install:

 the condenser
 the cover for the frame
 the 4 screws.

INSTALLING THE COOLER UNIT

Install the air conditioning aggregate. See: RADIATOR (B5244S4) or RADIATOR (B5254T3, B5254T7)

FINISHING

FILLING WITH REFRIGERANT AND LEAK TRACING

Vacuum pump the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: VACUUM PUMPING .

Fill the system. See: REFRIGERANT, FILLING .


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Leak trace the system. See: LEAK DETECTION, TRACER AGENT , LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC
LEAK TRACER (2008-2009) or LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2007, 2010-11) .

ELECTROMAGNETIC CLUTCH

Special tools:

see 9995596

see 9995598

see 9995599

see 9995600

see 9995597

see 9995602

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING COMPONENTS
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 78: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Raise the vehicle.

Remove:

 the shield under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips. See the illustration
 the right-hand front wheel.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 79: Identifying Right-Hand Screw Securing Air Baffle


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the 5 screws and the plastic nut. Detach the front edge of the right-hand fender liner. Fold the fender
backwards. See the illustration
 the right-hand screw securing the air baffle
 the auxiliary unit belts acc. to. See ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT TENSIONER .

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH COMPRESSOR


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 80: Identifying Clutch Plate And Counterhold


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the screw for the flex plate. Use: see 9995596


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 81: Identifying Shims


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the flex plate. Use: see 9995596


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 82: Identifying Snap Ring


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the snap ring.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 83: Identifying Puller And Socket


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Pull off the pulley. Use: see 9995598 and: see 9995599 .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 84: Identifying Solenoid Coil's Cable And Compressor Housing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Note the position of the solenoid coils cable in relation to the compressor
housing. It should be located under cover panel.

Cut off the cable from the solenoid coil. Cut close to the clip securing the cable above the compressor.

Tap it in / out using a 3 mm drift.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH FOR THE COMPRESSOR


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 85: Identifying Cable And Retaining Clip


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Lower the compressor a little by slackening off the 3 mounting screws.

Remove the cable from the solenoid coil connector.

Thread the cable between the belt tensioner and the top edge of the compressor.

Install:

 the cable and the retaining clip. See the illustration


 the compressor using the 3 M8 screws. Tighten
 the cable to the connector.

Connect the connector.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 86: Identifying Magnet Coil


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the solenoid coil using the 3 screws.

NOTE: Make sure that the solenoid coils cable is located correctly in relation to the
compressor housing. The cable should be located under cover panel.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 87: Identifying Puller And Socket


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install a new belt pulley. Use: see 9995598 and: see 9995600 .

NOTE: Place the tools behind the compressor mountings.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 88: Identifying Shims


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install:

 the snap ring


 the shims
 the flex plate. Use: see 9995596 and tighten the screw acc. to: TIGHTENING TORQUE .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 89: Identifying Feeler Gauge Between Clutch Plate And Pulley
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Check the clearance between the clutch plate and pulley. Use a feeler gauge.

The clearance should ideally be 0.3 mm all the way around, although a play up to max. 0.5 mm is allowed.

Replace the shims if the clearance is not within the stated values.

FINISHING

INSTALLING COMPONENTS
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 90: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install:

 the auxiliaries belts. See: ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT TENSIONER


 the right-hand screw securing the air baffle
 the right-hand fender liner using the 5 screws and the plastic nut
 the right-hand front wheel.
 the shield under the vehicle using the 7 clips. See the illustration.

EVAPORATOR

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

Drain refrigerant from the A/C system. See: REFRIGERANT, DRAINING .


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

DRAINING COOLANT AND REMOVING THE COVER

Fig. 91: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the expansion tank cap.

Raise the vehicle.

Remove the shield under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips. See the illustration.

Install a hose on the nipple at the radiator.

Feed the hose down to a container.

Open the nipple. Drain off the engine coolant.

Disconnect the quick-release connectors for the cooler hoses at the cowl panel in the engine compartment.

REMOVING COMPONENTS

Remove:
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the center console. See: REMOVING CENTER CONSOLE


 the multimedia module (MMM) (if applicable). See: CONTROL MODULE INFORMATION AND
ENTERTAINMENT
 the glove compartment. See: GLOVE COMPARTMENT

Fig. 92: Identifying Central Electrical Unit Bracket Nuts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the central electrical unit from its bracket. See: CONTROL MODULE RELAY BOX PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
 the 2 nuts for the central electrical unit bracket (see the illustration). Disconnect the cable harness from
the bracket
 the heat exchanger. See HEAT EXCHANGER.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 93: Identifying Screw Securing Air Conditioning (A/C) Pipes


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Lift up both air conditioning (A/C) pipes from their mountings below the right-hand spring strut turret.

Remove the 1 screw securing the air conditioning (A/C) pipes to the evaporator. See the illustration.

Pull the pipes off from the evaporator connection.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE EVAPORATOR

The evaporator has pipes that are integrated in the factory. These pipes must be cut in order to remove the unit.
The evaporator in the service kit has separate pipes, however.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 94: Identifying Spacer And Right-Hand Half Of Lead-In


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the 2 screws and remove the right-hand half of the lead-in. See the illustration
 the section that holds the heat exchanger and evaporator pipes apart.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 95: Identifying Evaporator Pipes


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Cut off the evaporator pipes.

Pull and press out the pipes through the seal. See the illustration.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 96: Identifying Evaporator Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the 3 screws. Remove the cover.

Pull out the evaporator. Pull alternately at the top and bottom edges. It may be hard to remove.

NOTE: Note how the seal is located on the evaporator.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING THE EVAPORATOR

Install a new seal, using the removed evaporator as a template.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 97: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the evaporator far enough that the cover can be installed (approximately 3-4 mm inside the opening).

Position the front edge of the cover between the evaporator and the heater unit.

Tighten the 3 screws.

Install the loose pipe section between the evaporator and the connection in the engine compartment. Start by
inserting it through the lead-in seal. Then connect the block mounting to the evaporator using 2 M5 screws.
Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 98: Identifying Spacer And Right-Hand Half Of Lead-In


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Pull the insulation for the pipes as far in towards the evaporator as possible
before installing the spacer and the right-hand half of the lead-in.

Install:

 the spacer that holds the heat exchanger and evaporator pipes apart
 the right-hand half of the lead-in using the 2 screws.

INSTALLING COMPONENTS

Install:

 the M8 screw securing the air conditioning (A/C) pipes in the engine compartment. See: TIGHTENING
TORQUE
 the heat exchanger. See HEAT EXCHANGER.
 the central electrical unit bracket using the 2 nuts. Install the cable harness
 the central electrical unit on the bracket. See: CONTROL MODULE RELAY BOX PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
the center console. See: INSTALLING CENTER CONSOLE
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

FINISHING

CHECKING THE FUNCTION AND LEAK TRACING

Tighten the drain nipple on the radiator.

Fill with coolant and warm up the engine until the thermostat opens. Top up if necessary.

Check that the pipe coupling does not leak.

Vacuum pump the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: VACUUM PUMPING .

Fill the air conditioning (A/C) system with refrigerant. See: REFRIGERANT, FILLING .

Leak trace the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: LEAK DETECTION, TRACER AGENT , LEAK
TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2008-2009) or LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK
TRACER (2007, 2010-11) .

Fig. 99: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install:
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the glove compartment. See: GLOVE COMPARTMENT


 the multimedia module (MMM) (if applicable). See: CONTROL MODULE INFORMATION AND
ENTERTAINMENT
 the shield under the vehicle using the 7 clips.

EXPANSION VALVE

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

DRAINING THE AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) SYSTEM

WARNING: Follow the safety instructions for work on air conditioning systems. See:
REFRIGERANT .

CAUTION: Always use new O-rings lubricated with compressor oil.

NOTE: Plug the pipes and connections when working on the climate control system.

Drain the refrigerant from the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: REFRIGERANT, DRAINING .

REMOVING THE EXPANSION VALVE (ORIFICE)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 100: Identifying Cap Nut For Expansion Valve


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Clean the join thoroughly.

Slacken off the cap nut.

NOTE: Make a note of the position of the expansion valve in the pipe.

Pull or work out the expansion valve. See the illustration. It is not screwed in place.

HINT: The expansion valve can be removed using round-nosed pliers.

CAUTION: Make sure that the expansion valve does not come off.

INSPECTING THE FILTER SECTION OF THE EXPANSION VALVE


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 101: Identifying Filter Sections Of Expansion Valve


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

(A) shows an approved expansion valve.

If 4 or 5 filter sections in the expansion valve are clogged (B) , the compressor oil must be inspected.

If the filter is extremely clogged or if it contains a large volume of metal particles, the compressor may need to
be replaced.

If the compressor oil is black or very dirty, replace the compressor.

If the compressor is dry, replace the compressor.

INSTALLATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

INSTALLING THE EXPANSION VALVE (ORIFICE)

Install a new expansion valve.

NOTE: Make sure that the expansion valve is properly pressed into the pipe section at
the evaporator.

Install the cap nut. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

FINISHING

CHECKING THE FUNCTION AND LEAK TRACING

Vacuum pump the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: VACUUM PUMPING .

Fill the air conditioning (A/C) system with refrigerant. See: REFRIGERANT, FILLING .

Leak trace the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: LEAK DETECTION, TRACER AGENT , LEAK
TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2008-2009) or LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK
TRACER (2007, 2010-11) .

CHECKING THE PERFORMANCE

Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK .

LOW PRESSURE SWITCH CLIMATE CONTROL

REMOVE / INSTALL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 102: Identifying Low Pressure Switch Climate Control


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

NOTE: For tightening torques, see TIGHTENING TORQUE

To install, reverse the removal procedure

NEEDLE VALVE

Special tools:

see 9511204

see 9811994

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

DRAINING REFRIGERANT

Drain the refrigerant from the system. See REFRIGERANT, DRAINING .

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE NEEDLE VALVE / SERVICE VALVE


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 103: Identifying Needle Valve/Service Valve


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the needle valve in the service valve. Use: see 9511204 .

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE NEEDLE VALVE / SERVICE VALVE

Install the needle valve. Use: see 9511204 .

Use: see 9811994 and tighten, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

NOTE: Use only your finger and thumb when tightening the needle valve to avoid
damage to the valve seal.

FINISHING

CHECKING THE FUNCTION AND LEAK TRACING

Vacuum pump the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: VACUUM PUMPING .

Fill the air conditioning (A/C) system with refrigerant. See: REFRIGERANT, FILLING .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Leak trace the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: LEAK DETECTION, TRACER AGENT , LEAK
TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2008-2009) or LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK
TRACER (2007, 2010-11) .

CHECKING THE PERFORMANCE

Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK .

REFRIGERANT PIPE ACCUMULATOR TO COMPRESSOR

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

DRAINING THE AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) SYSTEM

WARNING: Follow the safety instructions for work on air conditioning systems. See:
REFRIGERANT .

Read the instructions for slow and fast leaks acc. to: AC-SYSTEM, OIL, REFILLING .

CAUTION: Always use new O-rings lubricated with compressor oil.

NOTE: Plug the pipes and connections when working on the climate control system.

Drain the refrigerant from the AC-system acc. to: REFRIGERANT, DRAINING .

REMOVING THE SHIELD


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 104: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Raise the vehicle.

Remove the shield under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips.

PIPE/HOSE BETWEEN COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER (PRESSURE SIDE), REPLACING

REMOVING THE PIPE/HOSE BETWEEN THE COMPRESSOR AND THE CONDENSER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 105: Identifying Lower/Front Pipe/Hose Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the rear/upper pipe/hose connector (1) on the compressor.

 the front bumper cover. See: COVER BUMPER FRONT (2010-2011 EARLY) , COVER BUMPER
FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012)
 the lower connector for the charge air hose to the charge air cooler (CAC) on the right-hand side.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 106: Identifying Rear Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Lower the vehicle.

Remove the upper charge air cooler (CAC) hose.

Remove the dip stick.

Disconnect the rear connector (1) to the condenser, to the left of the right-hand headlamp. See the illustration.

Route the pipe/hose down to the compressor under the vehicle.

INSTALLING THE PIPE/HOSE BETWEEN THE COMPRESSOR AND THE CONDENSER

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

Place the pipe/hose for the compressor in position by the upper connector to the condenser.

Install:

 the pipe coupling, 1 M8. Ensure that the O-rings are securely located between the condenser and the
pipe/hose. Tighten the screw
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the pipe coupling by the compressor, 1 M8. Make sure the O-rings are securely located. Tighten the screw
 the charge air pipe upper and lower connectors.

Carry out finishing work. See: FINISHING.

PIPE/HOSE BETWEEN COMPRESSOR AND RECEIVER (SUCTION SIDE), REPLACING

REMOVING THE PIPE/HOSE BETWEEN THE COMPRESSOR AND THE RECEIVER

Fig. 107: Identifying Lower/Front Pipe/Hose Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the lower/front pipe/hose connector (2) on the compressor.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 108: Identifying Pipe/Hose Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Lower the vehicle.

Remove the upper connector of the charge air hose to the charge air cooler (CAC).

Disconnect the pipe/hose connector to the receiver adjacent to the power steering fluid reservoir. See the
illustration.

Route the pipe/hose down to the compressor under the vehicle.

INSTALLING THE PIPE/HOSE BETWEEN THE COMPRESSOR AND THE RECEIVER

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

Place the pipe/hose for the compressor in position by the upper connector to the receiver.

Install:

 the pipe coupling, 1 M8. Ensure that the O-rings are securely located between the receiver and the
pipe/hose. Tighten the screw
the upper connector for the charge air pipe
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the pipe coupling by the compressor, 1 M8. Make sure the O-rings are securely located. Tighten the
screw.

Carry out finishing work. See: FINISHING.

FINISHING

FUNCTION TESTING TOGETHER WITH LEAK TRACING

Vacuum pump the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: VACUUM PUMPING .

Fill the AC-system with refrigerant acc. to: REFRIGERANT, FILLING .

Leak trace the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: LEAK DETECTION, TRACER AGENT , LEAK
TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2008-2009) or LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK
TRACER (2007, 2010-11) .

INSTALLING SHIELD AND BUMPER COVER

Fig. 109: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the shield under the vehicle with 7 clips. See the illustration.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK .

Install the front bumper cover. See: COVER BUMPER FRONT (2010, 2011 EARLY) , COVER BUMPER
FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012)

REFRIGERANT PIPE CONDENSER TO EXPANSION VALVE

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK (THE SAME FOR ALL METHODS)

DRAINING THE AIR CONDITIONING (A/C) SYSTEM

WARNING: Follow the safety instructions for work on air conditioning systems. See:
REFRIGERANT .

Read the instructions for slow and fast leaks acc. to: AC-SYSTEM, OIL, REFILLING .

CAUTION: Always use new O-rings lubricated with compressor oil.

NOTE: Plug the pipes and connections when working on the climate control system.

Drain the refrigerant from the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: REFRIGERANT, DRAINING .

PIPE/HOSE BETWEEN EVAPORATOR AND RECEIVER, REPLACING

REMOVING COMPONENTS
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 110: Identifying Coolant Reservoir, Power Steering Fluid Reservoir And Hoses
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the coolant reservoir (1) but leave the hoses in place. Place the reservoir on the valve cover
 the power steering fluid reservoir and hoses (2) from its mounting by pulling it upwards at an angle.

Remove:

 the ground strip (3) from the connection at the right-hand suspension turret
 the 2 switches (4) for the air conditioning (A/C) system pressure sensor from the air conditioning (A/C)
pipes / hoses
 the front bumper cover. See: COVER BUMPER FRONT (2010, 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER
FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012)

REMOVING THE PIPE/HOSE BETWEEN THE EVAPORATOR AND THE RECEIVER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 111: Identifying Screw Securing Air Conditioning (A/C) Pipes


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Lift up the hose from the mounting below the right-hand suspension turret.

Remove:

 the screw securing the air conditioning (A/C) pipes to the evaporator. See the illustration
 the plastic clip holding the mounting block
 the mounting block from the pipes.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 112: Identifying Pipe Coupling


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the right-hand headlamp. See: HEADLAMP BULB (2007) or HEADLAMP BULB (2008-2012) .
 the nut. Disconnect the pipe coupling (A) at the receiver.

NOTE: Plug the intake pipe for the receiver immediately after disconnection.

INSTALLING THE PIPE/HOSE BETWEEN THE EVAPORATOR AND THE RECEIVER

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

Install:

 the pipe coupling at the receiver using the M8 nut


 the right-hand headlamp. See: HEADLAMP BULB (2007) or HEADLAMP BULB (2008-2012) .

Position the pipe / hose next to the cowl panel in the engine compartment.

Install:
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the mounting block in the grooves on the pipe


 the plastic clip holding the mounting block
 the M8 screw securing the air conditioning (A/C) pipes to the evaporator.

Press in the hose into the mounting below the right-hand suspension turret.

PIPE/HOSE BETWEEN CONDENSER AND EXPANSION VALVE, REPLACING

REMOVING COMPONENTS

Fig. 113: Identifying Coolant Reservoir, Power Steering Fluid Reservoir And Hoses
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the coolant reservoir (1) but leave the hoses in place. Place the reservoir on the valve cover
 the power steering fluid reservoir and hoses (2) from its mounting by pulling it upwards at an angle.

Remove:

 the ground strip (3) from the connection at the right-hand suspension turret
 the 2 switches (4) for the air conditioning (A/C) system pressure sensor from the air conditioning (A/C)
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

pipes / hoses
 the front bumper cover. See: COVER BUMPER FRONT (2010, 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER
FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012)

REMOVING THE PIPE / HOSE BETWEEN THE CONDENSER AND THE EXPANSION VALVE

Fig. 114: Identifying Cap Nut For Expansion Valve


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Lift up the hose from the mounting below the right-hand suspension turret.

Remove the cap nut for the expansion valve. See the illustration.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 115: Identifying Rear Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Unscrew the cover from the service valve.

Remove:

 the service valve using an extended 24 mm sleeve


 the screw (2) at the condenser connection.

INSTALLING THE PIPE / HOSE BETWEEN THE CONDENSER AND THE EXPANSION VALVE

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

Install the cap nut for the expansion valve.

Install:

 the M8 screw on the condenser connection


 the service valve. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE
 the service valve cover.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Press in the hose into the mounting below the right-hand suspension turret.

Carry out finishing work.

PIPE BETWEEN EXPANSION VALVE AND EVAPORATOR, REPLACING

REMOVING THE PIPE BETWEEN THE EXPANSION VALVE AND THE EVAPORATOR

Fig. 116: Identifying Screw Securing Air Conditioning (A/C) Pipes


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Lift up the hose from the mounting below the right-hand suspension turret.

Remove:

 the screw securing the air conditioning (A/C) pipes to the evaporator. See the illustration
 the plastic clip holding the mounting block
 the mounting block from the pipes.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 117: Identifying Cap Nut For Expansion Valve


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the cap nut for the expansion valve. See the illustration.

INSTALLING THE PIPE BETWEEN THE EXPANSION VALVE AND THE EVAPORATOR

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

Install:

 the mounting block in the grooves on the pipe


 the plastic clip holding the mounting block
 the M8 screw securing the air conditioning (A/C) pipes to the evaporator
 the cap nut for the expansion valve.

Press in the hose into the mounting below the right-hand suspension turret.

Carry out finishing work.

FINISHING WORK (THE SAME FOR ALL METHODS)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

INSTALLING COMPONENTS

Install:

 the coolant reservoir


 the power steering fluid reservoir
 the ground strip on the connection at the right-hand suspension turret
 the 2 switches for the air conditioning (A/C) system pressure sensor on the air conditioning (A/C) pipes /
hoses
 the front bumper cover. See: COVER BUMPER FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012) or COVER BUMPER
FRONT (2010, 2011 EARLY)

CHECKING THE FUNCTION AND LEAK TRACING

Vacuum pump the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: VACUUM PUMPING .

Fill the air conditioning (A/C) system with refrigerant. See: REFRIGERANT, FILLING .

Leak trace the air conditioning (A/C) system. See: LEAK DETECTION, TRACER AGENT , LEAK
TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK TRACER (2008-2009) or LEAK TRACING, ELECTRONIC LEAK
TRACER (2007, 2010-11) .

SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE (2007-2011)

REMOVE / INSTALL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 118: Identifying High Pressure Switch


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see TIGHTENING TORQUE


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

To install, reverse the removal procedure

SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE (2012)

REMOVAL

Fig. 119: Identifying High Pressure Switch


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Follow the instruction for tightening torques, see TIGHTENING TORQUE

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Perform climate unit, checking, see CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK

TEMPERATURE SENSOR EVAPORATOR

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

IGNITION OFF
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 120: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Ignition off.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR THE EVAPORATOR


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 121: Identifying Temperature Sensor For Evaporator


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fold down the carpet in the driver's side footwell towards the heater unit.

Turn the temperature sensor together with the cable harness a 1/4 turn clockwise.

Pull the temperature sensor straight out. Remove the temperature sensor.

Remove the connector.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE TEMPERATURE SENSOR FOR THE EVAPORATOR

Connect the connector.

Align the hooks for the temperature sensor in the opening so that the connector is turned down.

Place the temperature sensor down against the surface of the heater unit. Turn the temperature sensor a 1/4 turn
counter-clockwise.

FINISHING
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

TESTING THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

Carry out a performance test on the climate control unit. See: CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM, CHECK .

AUXILIARY HEATER, FUEL OPERATED


COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5244S4)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REPLACING PIPE COUPLINGS

Remove:

 the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5244S4)
 the engine coolant hose(s) from the pipe coupling(s) on the engine coolant heater.

HINT: Mark out the internal location of the engine coolant hoses and the angle of the pipe couplings in
relation to the cover.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE COVER OVER THE HEAT EXCHANGER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 122: Identifying Heat Exchanger Cover Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove cover over heat exchanger. It is secured using 4 screws.

Lift up the cover a little until the snap rings for the pipe couplings release.

Ease out and pull the pipe couplings upwards, one at a time.

REMOVING PIPE COUPLING AND SNAP RING


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 123: Identifying Pipe Coupling And Snap Rings


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

There are snap rings on the underneath of the cover that also hold the pipe couplings in place. The snap rings
are located in a groove on the pipe coupling.

Using a small screwdriver, pry up 1 of the 2 grooves on each snap ring. Remove the snap ring.

Remove the pipe.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE PIPE COUPLING AND COVER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 124: Clamping Snap Ring By Compressing Groove


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the pipe.

Clamp the snap ring by compressing the groove. See the illustration.

Press in the pipes. Adjust the pipes so that they are positioned according to previous markings.

Press down the cover fully. Install the 4 screws. Tighten.

HINT: Lubricate the O-rings for the pipes so that they can be inserted more easily into the openings in
the heater exchanger.

Install:

 the engine coolant hose(s) on the pipe coupling(s) on the engine coolant heater so that they are positioned
according to the previous markings
 the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5244S4)

FINISHING

TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Perform a performance test of the engine's preheater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER, CHECKING

COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REPLACING PIPE COUPLINGS

Remove:

 the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7)
 the engine coolant hose(s) from the pipe coupling(s) on the engine coolant heater.

HINT: Mark out the internal location of the engine coolant hoses and the angle of the pipe couplings in
relation to the cover.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE COVER OVER THE HEAT EXCHANGER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 125: Identifying Heat Exchanger Cover Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove cover over heat exchanger. It is secured using 4 screws.

Lift up the cover a little until the snap rings for the pipe couplings release.

Ease out and pull the pipe couplings upwards, one at a time.

REMOVING PIPE COUPLING AND SNAP RING


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 126: Identifying Pipe Coupling And Snap Rings


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

There are snap rings on the underneath of the cover that also hold the pipe couplings in place. The snap rings
are located in a groove on the pipe coupling.

Using a small screwdriver, pry up 1 of the 2 grooves on each snap ring. Remove the snap ring.

Remove the pipe.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE PIPE COUPLING AND COVER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 127: Clamping Snap Ring By Compressing Groove


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the pipe.

Clamp the snap ring by compressing the groove. See the illustration.

Press in the pipes. Adjust the pipes so that they are positioned according to previous markings.

Press down the cover fully. Install the 4 screws. Tighten.

HINT: Lubricate the O-rings for the pipes so that they can be inserted more easily into the openings in
the heater exchanger.

Install:

 the engine coolant hose(s) on the pipe coupling(s) on the engine coolant heater so that they are positioned
according to the previous markings
 the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7)

FINISHING

TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Perform a performance test of the engine's preheater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER, CHECKING

FAN MOTOR FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5244S4)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING COMPONENTS

Remove:

 the engine coolant heater. See FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5244S4)
 the combustion preheater module (CPM). See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT
(B5244S4).

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE FAN MOTOR FOR THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Fig. 128: Identifying Screws For Cover Over Fan Housing


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the 4 screws for the cover over the fan housing. Remove the cover.

NOTE: The nearest connection pipe may need to be adjusted in order to remove the
cover. See: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5244S4).

Fig. 129: Identifying Fan Housing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Carefully pull the fan housing straight out, viewed from the shorter side of the engine coolant heater. See the
illustration.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 130: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the cable terminals and wiring for the fan motor at positions 13 and 14 (black and brown).
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 131: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the 3 screws.

Lift the fan motor away from the heat exchanger.

TRANSFERRING COMPONENTS

TRANSFERRING FLAME TRAP

Transfer:

 the flame trap. See: FLAME SENSOR FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5244S4).

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE FAN MOTOR FOR THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 132: Identifying Gasket, Combustion Chamber And Molded Gasket


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Replace both gaskets supplied with the fan motor.

Install:

 the gasket (1) between the heat exchanger housing and the combustion chamber
 the combustion chamber (2)
 the molded gasket (3). Ensure that the hole for the glow plug is above the hole in the combustion chamber
 the fan motor. Ensure that the molded gasket is positioned correctly in the recess.

NOTE: The molded gasket (3) has a small tab that must fit in the corresponding mating
faces on the heat exchanger housing and the fan.

Tighten the 3 screws on the fan motor.

Install:

 the cable terminals and wiring for the fan motor in positions 13 and 14 (black and brown) in the 14-pin
connector
 the fan motor housing
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the cover over the fan motor using 4 screws.

Fig. 133: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

If necessary adjust the pipe coupling. See: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5244S4).

Install:

 the control module. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (B5244S4)
 the auxiliary heater acc. to: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5244S4).

FINISHING

TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING .

FAN MOTOR FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING COMPONENTS

Remove:

 the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7)
 the combustion preheater module (CPM). See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT
(B5254T3, B5254T7).

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE FAN MOTOR FOR THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Fig. 134: Identifying Screws For Cover Over Fan Housing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the 4 screws for the cover over the fan housing. Remove the cover.

NOTE: The nearest connection pipe may need to be adjusted in order to remove the
cover. See: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7).
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 135: Identifying Fan Housing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Carefully pull the fan housing straight out, viewed from the shorter side of the engine coolant heater. See the
illustration.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 136: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the cable terminals and wiring for the fan motor at positions 13 and 14 (black and brown).
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 137: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the 3 screws.

Lift the fan motor away from the heat exchanger.

TRANSFERRING COMPONENTS

TRANSFERRING FLAME TRAP

Transfer:

 the flame trap. See: FLAME SENSOR FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE FAN MOTOR FOR THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 138: Identifying Gasket, Combustion Chamber And Molded Gasket


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Replace both gaskets supplied with the fan motor.

Install:

 the gasket (1) between the heat exchanger housing and the combustion chamber
 the combustion chamber (2)
 the molded gasket (3). Ensure that the hole for the glow plug is above the hole in the combustion chamber
 the fan motor. Ensure that the molded gasket is positioned correctly in the recess.

NOTE: The molded gasket (3) has a small tab that must fit in the corresponding mating
faces on the heat exchanger housing and the fan.

Tighten the 3 screws on the fan motor.

Install:

 the cable terminals and wiring for the fan motor in positions 13 and 14 (black and brown) in the 14-pin
connector
 the fan motor housing
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the cover over the fan motor using 4 screws.

Fig. 139: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

If necessary adjust the pipe coupling. See: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5254T3,
B5254T7).

Install:

 the control module. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (B5254T3,
B5254T7)
 the auxiliary heater acc. to: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7).

FINISHING

TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING .

FLAME SENSOR FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5244S4)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING THE COMBUSTION PREHEATER MODULE (CPM)

Remove the control module. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (B5244S4).

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE FLAME SENSOR

Fig. 140: Identifying Screws For Cover Over Fan Housing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the 4 screws for the cover over the fan housing. Remove the cover.

NOTE: The nearest connection pipe may need to be adjusted in order to remove the
cover. See: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5244S4).
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 141: Identifying Fan Housing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Carefully pull the fan housing straight out, viewed from the shorter side of the engine coolant heater. See the
illustration.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 142: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the cable terminal and cable for the flame sensor at positions 1 and 2 (blue and brown).
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 143: Identifying Flame Sensor And Pressure Equalizer


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the flame sensor (1).

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE FLAME SENSOR

Install the flame sensor. Tighten. See TIGHTENING TORQUE .

Install the cable terminals and cables in the connectors. See:

- Flame sensor in positions 1 and 2 (blue and brown).

NOTE: Route the cables behind the fan motor to the connector.

Carefully push the fan housing into place.

Ensure:

 that the connector is not trapped


that the cable seal on the water pump is correctly positioned and that the cable runs behind the fan motor
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

like the others.

Install the cover using 4 screws.

If necessary adjust the pipe coupling. See: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5244S4).

Install the control module. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (B5244S4).

FINISHING

TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING .

FLAME SENSOR FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING THE COMBUSTION PREHEATER MODULE (CPM)

Remove the control module. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (B5254T3,
B5254T7).

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE FLAME SENSOR


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 144: Identifying Screws For Cover Over Fan Housing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the 4 screws for the cover over the fan housing. Remove the cover.

NOTE: The nearest connection pipe may need to be adjusted in order to remove the
cover. See: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7).
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 145: Identifying Fan Housing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Carefully pull the fan housing straight out, viewed from the shorter side of the engine coolant heater. See the
illustration.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 146: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the cable terminal and cable for the flame sensor at positions 1 and 2 (blue and brown).
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 147: Identifying Flame Sensor And Pressure Equalizer


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the flame sensor (1).

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE FLAME SENSOR

Install the flame sensor. Tighten. See TIGHTENING TORQUE .

Install the cable terminals and cables in the connectors. See:

- Flame sensor in positions 1 and 2 (blue and brown).

NOTE: Route the cables behind the fan motor to the connector.

Carefully push the fan housing into place.

Ensure:

 that the connector is not trapped


that the cable seal on the water pump is correctly positioned and that the cable runs behind the fan motor
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

like the others.

Install the cover using 4 screws.

If necessary adjust the pipe coupling. See: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5254T3,
B5254T7).

Install the control module. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (B5254T3,
B5254T7).

FINISHING

TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING .

FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5244S4)

Special tools:

see 9512619

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING COMPONENTS AND DRAINING THE ENGINE COOLANT


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 148: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the expansion tank cap.

Raise the vehicle.

Remove the shield under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips. See the illustration.

Install a hose on the nipple at the radiator.

Feed the hose down to a container.

Open the nipple. Drain off the engine coolant.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 149: Identifying Engine Coolant Hose, Connector, Fuel Line And Holder
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the engine coolant hose (1). Plug the opening to prevent the remaining coolant in the heater running
out in an uncontrolled way.

Place paper under the engine coolant heater to collect any engine coolant spillage.

Remove:

 the connector (2) for the engine coolant heater


 the fuel line (3) from the clip below the heater.

Open the holder (4) for the radiator hoses behind the engine to expose the lower radiator hose running down to
the water pump.

Remove the exhaust pipe from the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER
EXHAUST PIPE (B5244S4).
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 150: Identifying Connector For Water Pump


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the connector for the water pump.

HINT: Mark the location of the upper hose on the water pump.

Position a container below the water pump to collect any spilled engine coolant.

Disconnect the upper hose, as illustrated. Plug the opening.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 151: Identifying Mounting Screw For Engine Coolant Heater


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the mounting screw for the engine coolant heater. See the illustration
 the bracket for the connector.

Angle out the top edge of the engine coolant heater.

Place paper around the upper fuel connection on the engine coolant heater.

Disconnect the fuel hose.

HINT: Use: see 9512619 to detach and secure the clamps.

Lift up the engine coolant heater.

TRANSFERRING COMPONENTS

TRANSFERRING ENGINE COOLANT HOSES

Transfer the engine coolant hoses.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

NOTE: Mark the internal position of the hoses in relation to each other before removal.
This ensures that the hoses are correctly positioned and not under stress
during installation.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Position the engine coolant heater in its lower mounting.

Install the fuel line over the engine coolant heater using a new clamp.

HINT: Use: 9512619 to secure the clamp.

Press the top edge of the heater into place.

Install the mounting screw and the bracket for the connector. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

Install:

 the lower coolant hose on the water pump. See the marking made earlier
 the connector on the water pump
 the exhaust pipe for the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER EXHAUST
PIPE (B5244S4)
 the radiator hose for the water pump in its holder
 the fuel line in the clip below the engine coolant heater
 the connector for the engine coolant heater
 the radiator hose into the passenger compartment.

Tighten the drain nipple on the radiator.

Fill with coolant and warm up the engine until the thermostat opens.

Top up if necessary.

FINISHING

TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER AND INSTALLING THE COVER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 152: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING .

Install the shield under the vehicle using the 7 clips.

FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7)

Special tools:

see 9512619

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING COMPONENTS AND DRAINING THE ENGINE COOLANT


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 153: Identifying EVAP Canister Pipe And Upper Charge Air Pipe
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the EVAP canister hose (1) from the intake manifold


 the intake manifold (2) between the air cleaner and the turbocharger.

Remove:

 the hose clamps at the mass air flow (MAF) sensor


 the hose clamps at the turbocharger (TC)
 the screws for the intake manifold in the cylinder head.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 154: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the expansion tank cap.

Raise the vehicle.

Remove the shield under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips. See the illustration.

Install a hose on the nipple at the radiator.

Feed the hose down to a container.

Open the nipple. Drain off the engine coolant.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 155: Identifying Engine Coolant Hose, Connector, Fuel Line And Holder
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the engine coolant hose (1). Plug the opening to prevent the remaining coolant in the heater running
out in an uncontrolled way.

Place paper under the engine coolant heater to collect any engine coolant spillage.

Remove:

 the connector (2) for the engine coolant heater


 the fuel line (3) from the clip below the heater.

Open the holder (4) for the radiator hoses behind the engine to expose the lower radiator hose running down to
the water pump.

Remove the exhaust pipe from the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER
EXHAUST PIPE.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 156: Identifying Connector For Water Pump


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the connector for the water pump.

HINT: Mark the location of the upper hose on the water pump.

Position a container below the water pump to collect any spilled engine coolant.

Disconnect the upper hose, as illustrated. Plug the opening.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 157: Identifying Mounting Screw For Engine Coolant Heater


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the mounting screw for the engine coolant heater. See the illustration
 the bracket for the connector.

Angle out the top edge of the engine coolant heater.

Place paper around the upper fuel connection on the engine coolant heater.

Disconnect the fuel hose.

HINT: Use: see 9512619 to detach and secure the clamps.

Lift up the engine coolant heater.

TRANSFERRING COMPONENTS

TRANSFERRING ENGINE COOLANT HOSES

Transfer the engine coolant hoses.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

NOTE: Mark the internal position of the hoses in relation to each other before removal.
This ensures that the hoses are correctly positioned and not under stress
during installation.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Position the engine coolant heater in its lower mounting.

Install the fuel line over the engine coolant heater using a new clamp.

HINT: Use: see 9512619 to secure the clamp.

Press the top edge of the heater into place.

Install the mounting screw and the bracket for the connector. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

Install:

 the lower coolant hose on the water pump. See the marking made earlier
 the connector on the water pump
 the exhaust pipe for the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER EXHAUST
PIPE
 the radiator hose for the water pump in its holder
 the fuel line in the clip below the engine coolant heater
 the connector for the engine coolant heater
 the radiator hose into the passenger compartment.

Install:

 the screws for the intake manifold in the cylinder head


 the hose clamps at the turbocharger (TC)
 the hose clamps at the mass air flow (MAF) sensor
 the intake manifold between the air cleaner (ACL) and the turbocharger (TC)
 the hose for the EVAP canister from the intake manifold.

Tighten the drain nipple on the radiator.

Fill with coolant and warm up the engine until the thermostat opens.

Top up if necessary.

FINISHING
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER AND INSTALLING THE COVER

Fig. 158: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING .

Install the shield under the vehicle using the 7 clips.

FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (B5244S4)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Remove the Combustion Preheater Module. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5244S4)

IMPORTANT INFORMATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

If the combustion preheater module (CPM) is to be moved from one vehicle to another, note down any
diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) and operating times before removing the control module from the vehicle.

Always check that the pins or sockets in the control module connectors are not bent or damaged. This might be
the cause of the fault.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE COMBUSTION PREHEATER MODULE (CPM)

Fig. 159: Identifying Combustion Preheater Module (CPM) Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Slacken off the 4 screws. See the illustration.

Carefully pull the combustion preheater module (CPM) straight out to access the connector.

Position a small screwdriver between the control module connector and its 2 catches. Turn the screwdriver
carefully to release the catches.

Pull off the control module.

INSTALLATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

INSTALLING THE COMBUSTION PREHEATER MODULE (CPM)

Install the switch so that it is properly secured.

Position the control module. Ensure that the control module housing goes correctly into the grooves at the top
edge.

Tighten the 4 screws crosswise.

Install the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5244S4)

FINISHING

FINAL CHECK OF THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Test run the engine coolant heater and check its function. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING

Check that no diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) have been stored while the repair was carried out.

FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (B5254T3, B5254T7)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Remove the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7)

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

If the combustion preheater module (CPM) is to be moved from one vehicle to another, note down any
diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) and operating times before removing the control module from the vehicle.

Always check that the pins or sockets in the control module connectors are not bent or damaged. This might be
the cause of the fault.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE COMBUSTION PREHEATER MODULE (CPM)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 160: Identifying Combustion Preheater Module (CPM) Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Slacken off the 4 screws. See the illustration.

Carefully pull the combustion preheater module (CPM) straight out to access the connector.

Position a small screwdriver between the control module connector and its 2 catches. Turn the screwdriver
carefully to release the catches.

Pull off the control module.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE COMBUSTION PREHEATER MODULE (CPM)

Install the switch so that it is properly secured.

Position the control module. Ensure that the control module housing goes correctly into the grooves at the top
edge.

Tighten the 4 screws crosswise.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Install the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7)

FINISHING

FINAL CHECK OF THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Test run the engine coolant heater and check its function. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING

Check that no diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) have been stored while the repair was carried out.

FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER EXHAUST PIPE (B5244S4)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE EXHAUST PIPE FOR THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Fig. 161: Identifying Upper Mounting


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Pull off the intake hose that covers the upper mounting for the exhaust system.

Move the intake hose to one side.

Disconnect the upper mounting (as illustrated). Remove the screw.

Fig. 162: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Raise the vehicle.

Remove:

 the right-hand front wheel


 the shield under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips.

Disconnect the water pump. See: WATER PUMP, FUEL-DRIVEN AUXILIARY HEATER (2007-2009).
Leave the water pump hanging from its hoses.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 163: Identifying Lower Mounting For Fuel Pipe


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the fuel hose/pipe from the exhaust pipe for the engine coolant heater at the quick-release connector
under the vehicle.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 164: Identifying Long Extension Rod


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the lower mounting under the engine. Use a long extension rod. See the illustration.

Pull the exhaust pipe down through the right-hand wheel arch.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE EXHAUST PIPE FOR THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Position the exhaust pipe. Carry out the work from the right-hand wheel arch.

Screw the nut into place loosely on the lower mounting. Do not tighten yet.

Install the fuel hose/pipe at the quick-release connector under the vehicle.

Secure the upper mounting. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

Position the intake hose.

FINISHING
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 165: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install:

 the right-hand front wheel


 the lower mounting on the nut for the exhaust system. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE
 the shield under the vehicle using the 7 clips.

Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING .

FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER EXHAUST PIPE (B5254T3, B5254T7)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING COMPONENTS
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 166: Identifying EVAP Canister Pipe And Upper Charge Air Pipe
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the EVAP canister hose (1) from the intake manifold


 the intake manifold (2) between the air cleaner (ACL) and the turbocharger (TC).

Remove:

 the hose clamps at the mass air flow (MAF) sensor


 the hose clamps at the turbocharger (TC)
 the screws for the intake manifold in the cylinder head.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE EXHAUST PIPE FOR THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 167: Identifying Upper Mounting


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Pull off the intake hose that covers the upper mounting for the exhaust system.

Move the intake hose to one side.

Disconnect the upper mounting (as illustrated). Remove the screw.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 168: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Raise the vehicle.

Remove:

 the right-hand front wheel


 the shield under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips.

Disconnect the water pump. See: WATER PUMP, FUEL-DRIVEN AUXILIARY HEATER. Leave the
water pump hanging from its hoses.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 169: Identifying Lower Mounting For Fuel Pipe


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the fuel hose/pipe from the exhaust pipe for the engine coolant heater at the quick-release connector
under the vehicle.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 170: Identifying Long Extension Rod


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the lower mounting under the engine. Use a long extension rod. See the illustration.

Pull the exhaust pipe down through the right-hand wheel arch.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE EXHAUST PIPE FOR THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Position the exhaust pipe. Carry out the work from the right-hand wheel arch.

Screw the nut into place loosely on the lower mounting. Do not tighten yet.

Install the fuel hose/pipe at the quick-release connector under the vehicle.

Secure the upper mounting. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

Position the intake hose.

Install:
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the screws for the intake manifold in the cylinder head


 the hose clamps at the turbocharger (TC)
 the hose clamps at the mass air flow (MAF) sensor
 the intake manifold between the air cleaner (ACL) and the turbocharger (TC)
 the hose for the EVAP canister from the intake manifold.

FINISHING

INSTALLING COMPONENTS AND TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Fig. 171: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install:

 the right-hand front wheel


 the lower mounting on the nut for the exhaust system. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE
 the shield under the vehicle using the 7 clips.

Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER WATER-IN-FUEL SENSOR (B5244S4)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING COMPONENTS

Fig. 172: Identifying Screws For Cover Over Fan Housing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7) or FUEL
FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5244S4)
 the combustion preheater module (CPM). See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT
(B5254T3, B5254T7) or FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (B5244S4)
 the cover and the pipe couplings. See COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5254T3,
B5254T7) or COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5244S4)
 the cover for the fan motor. It is secured using 4 screws
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the housing around the fan motor.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

The engine coolant temperature sensor (blue cables) and the overheat protection thermostat (red cables) cannot
be replaced separately. They must be replaced together with the cable harness and the 14-pin connector.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE OVERHEAT PROTECTION THERMOSTAT/ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Fig. 173: Identifying Overheat Protection Thermostat/Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the 1 screw for the holder.

Remove the sensors from the recesses.

Disconnect all the remaining cable terminals and cables apart from:

- those for the overheat protection thermostat at positions 5 and 6 (red cables)

- those for the engine coolant temperature sensor at positions 3 and 4 (blue cables)
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

The connector is supplied with the replacement part.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE OVERHEAT PROTECTION THERMOSTAT / ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Install the sensors and position the cable harness along the recesses for the heat exchanger. Ensure that the cable
grommet is correctly located in relation to the fan motor cover.

Install the holders for the sensors using 1 screw. Tighten.

Fig. 174: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the removed cables together with cable terminals.

- Flame sensor in positions 1 and 2 (blue and brown).

- Glow plug in positions 9 and 12 (white and brown).

- Water pump in positions 10 and 11 (brown and violet).

- Fan motor in positions 13 and 14 (black and brown).


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Install:

 the housing around the fan motor


 the cover for the fan motor using 4 screws. Tighten
 the cover and the pipe couplings. See: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER
(B5244S4) or COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7)
 the control module. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (B5244S4) or FUEL
FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (B5254T3, B5254T7)
 the auxiliary heater acc. to: see FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5244S4) or FUEL FIRED
BOOSTER HEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7).

FINISHING

TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING .

FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER WATER-IN-FUEL SENSOR (B5254T3, B5254T7)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING COMPONENTS
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 175: Identifying Screws For Cover Over Fan Housing


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7)
 the combustion preheater module (CPM). See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT
(B5254T3, B5254T7) or FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (B5244S4)
 the cover and the pipe couplings. See: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER
(B5254T3, B5254T7) or COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5244S4)
 the cover for the fan motor. It is secured using 4 screws
 the housing around the fan motor.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

The engine coolant temperature sensor (blue cables) and the overheat protection thermostat (red cables) cannot
be replaced separately. They must be replaced together with the cable harness and the 14-pin connector.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE OVERHEAT PROTECTION THERMOSTAT/ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 176: Identifying Overheat Protection Thermostat/Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the 1 screw for the holder.

Remove the sensors from the recesses.

Disconnect all the remaining cable terminals and cables apart from:

- those for the overheat protection thermostat at positions 5 and 6 (red cables)

- those for the engine coolant temperature sensor at positions 3 and 4 (blue cables).

The connector is supplied with the replacement part.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE OVERHEAT PROTECTION THERMOSTAT / ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Install the sensors and position the cable harness along the recesses for the heat exchanger. Ensure that the cable
grommet is correctly located in relation to the fan motor cover.

Install the holders for the sensors using 1 screw. Tighten.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 177: Identifying Cable Terminals And Cables


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the removed cables together with cable terminals.

- Flame sensor in positions 1 and 2 (blue and brown).

- Glow plug in positions 9 and 12 (white and brown).

- Water pump in positions 10 and 11 (brown and violet).

- Fan motor in positions 13 and 14 (black and brown).

Install:

 the housing around the fan motor


 the cover for the fan motor using 4 screws. Tighten
 the cover and the pipe couplings. See: COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER
(B5244S4) or COOLANT PIPE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7)
 the control module. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (B5244S4) or FUEL
FIRED BOOSTER HEATER CONTROL UNIT (B5254T3, B5254T7)
 the auxiliary heater acc. to: see FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7).
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

FINISHING

TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING .

FUEL LINE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5244S4)

Special tools:

see 9512619

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

WARNING: Use protective gloves and protective goggles during all operations due to
the risk of fuel spills.

NOTE: There must be no dirt present when handling fuel line connections.

FUEL PIPE, FRONT, REPLACING

REMOVING THE FRONT FUEL LINE


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 178: Identifying Lower Mounting For Fuel Pipe


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the lower mounting for the fuel pipe.

Disconnect the quick-release connector.

NOTE: Wipe up any fuel spills.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 179: Identifying Intake Hose, Exhaust System, Fuel Pipe And Mounting Screw
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the intake hose (1).

Disconnect the exhaust system (2) but do not remove it. See FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER EXHAUST
PIPE (B5244S4).

Remove:

 the fuel pipe (3) from the clip mounting


 the mounting screw (4). Angle the engine coolant heater out slightly.

Place paper around the upper fuel connection on the engine coolant heater.

Disconnect the fuel hose.

HINT: Use: see 9512619 to release the clamps.

Lift up and remove the fuel line.

INSTALLING THE FRONT FUEL LINE


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Position the fuel line.

Install the upper fuel connection using a new clamp.

HINT: Use: see 9512619 to secure the clamp.

Secure the engine coolant heater in the bracket. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

Install:

 the fuel pipe in the clip mounting


 the exhaust system. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER EXHAUST PIPE (B5244S4)
 the intake hose
 the lower quick-release connector for the fuel pipe. Secure the fuel pipe in the lower mounting.

NOTE: Wipe up any fuel spills.

Carry out finishing work.

FUEL LINE, CENTER, REPLACING

REMOVING THE CENTER FUEL LINE

Raise the vehicle.

Remove the front and rear quick-release connectors for the fuel line.

Disconnect the fuel line from the mounting points. Route the fuel line back under the front SIPS member.

INSTALLING THE CENTER FUEL LINE

Route the fuel line under the front SIPS member. Secure the fuel line in the mounting points.

Install the front and rear quick-release connectors for the fuel line.

Carry out finishing work.

SUCTION PIPE, FUEL TANK, REPLACING

REMOVING THE SUCTION PIPE


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 180: Identifying Fuel Pump Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the fuel tank. See: FUEL TANK .


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 181: Identifying Quick-Release Connector To Suction Pipe


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Place paper around the suction pipe connection to the fuel tank unit.

Release the quick-release connector to the suction pipe.

Lift the suction pipe.

INSTALLING THE SUCTION PIPE

Press down the suction hose.

Connect the quick-release connector for the fuel line. A click must be clearly heard.

NOTE: Wipe up any fuel spills.

Reinstall the fuel tank. See: FUEL TANK .

Carry out finishing work.

FINISHING
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING .

FUEL LINE FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7)

Special tools:

see 9512619

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

WARNING: Use protective gloves and protective goggles during all operations due to
the risk of fuel spills.

NOTE: There must be no dirt present when handling fuel line connections.

FUEL PIPE, FRONT, REPLACING

REMOVING THE FRONT FUEL LINE


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 182: Identifying EVAP Canister Pipe And Upper Charge Air Pipe
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the EVAP canister pipe (1)


 the upper charge air pipe (2).
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 183: Identifying Lower Mounting For Fuel Pipe


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the lower mounting for the fuel pipe.

Disconnect the quick-release connector.

NOTE: Wipe up any fuel spills.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 184: Identifying Intake Hose, Exhaust System, Fuel Pipe And Mounting Screw
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the intake hose (1).

Disconnect the exhaust system (2) but do not remove it. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER
EXHAUST PIPE.

Remove:

 the fuel pipe (3) from the clip mounting


 the mounting screw (4). Angle the engine coolant heater out slightly.

Place paper around the upper fuel connection on the engine coolant heater.

Disconnect the fuel hose.

HINT: Use: see 9512619 to release the clamps.

Lift up and remove the fuel line.

INSTALLING THE FRONT FUEL LINE


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Position the fuel line.

Install the upper fuel connection using a new clamp.

HINT: Use: see 9512619 to secure the clamp.

Secure the engine coolant heater in the bracket. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

Install:

 the fuel pipe in the clip mounting


 the exhaust system. See: FUEL FIRED BOOSTER HEATER EXHAUST PIPE
 the intake hose
 the lower quick-release connector for the fuel pipe. Secure the fuel pipe in the lower mounting.

NOTE: Wipe up any fuel spills.

Carry out finishing work.

FUEL LINE, CENTER, REPLACING

REMOVING THE CENTER FUEL LINE

Raise the vehicle.

Remove the front and rear quick-release connectors for the fuel line.

Disconnect the fuel line from the mounting points. Route the fuel line back under the front SIPS member.

INSTALLING THE CENTER FUEL LINE

Route the fuel line under the front SIPS member. Secure the fuel line in the mounting points.

Install the front and rear quick-release connectors for the fuel line.

Carry out finishing work.

SUCTION PIPE, FUEL TANK, REPLACING

REMOVING THE SUCTION PIPE


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 185: Identifying Fuel Pump Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the fuel tank. See: FUEL TANK .


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 186: Identifying Quick-Release Connector To Suction Pipe


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Place paper around the suction pipe connection to the fuel tank unit.

Release the quick-release connector to the suction pipe.

Lift the suction pipe.

INSTALLING THE SUCTION PIPE

Press down the suction hose.

Connect the quick-release connector for the fuel line. A click must be clearly heard.

NOTE: Wipe up any fuel spills.

Reinstall the fuel tank. See: FUEL TANK

Carry out finishing work.

FINISHING
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING .

FUEL PUMP, FUEL-DRIVEN AUXILIARY HEATER (B5244S4)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

Fig. 187: Identifying Fuel Pump (FP)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Use protective gloves and protective goggles during all operations due to
the risk of fuel spills.

NOTE: There must be no dirt present when handling the fuel lines' connections.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

The fuel pump (FP) is a complete unit together with fuel hoses.

REMOVING COMPONENTS

Remove:

 the right rear wheel


 the connector for the fuel pump (FP)
 the fuel pump (FP) together with the bracket from the rear sub-frame.

Fig. 188: Identifying Fuel Pump Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Lower the fuel tank a little so that the fuel hoses to and from the fuel pump (FP) can be reached over the top of
the fuel tank. See: FUEL TANK .

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE FUEL PUMP (FP)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 189: Identifying Fuel Lines, Fuel Pump (FP) And Hoses
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the quick-release connector on the fuel hose routed to the fuel pump (FP) for the engine coolant heater
at the suction hose on the fuel tank unit.

NOTE: Wipe up any fuel spills.

Remove:

 the fuel lines from the fuel pump (FP) on top of the fuel tank
 the fuel pump (FP) and hoses running back over the rear axle.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING THE FUEL PUMP (FP)

Thread the fuel pump (FP) hoses above the rear axle and over the fuel tank.

Install:
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the fuel pump and its bracket in the rear sub-frame. Do not tighten the mounting screw yet
 the fuel lines on top of the fuel tank
 the fuel connection on the suction side at the fuel tank unit
 the fuel tank. See: FUEL TANK
 the fuel connection in front of the fuel tank.

Tighten the 1 M6 screw for the fuel pump (FP) bracket.

FINISHING

TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING .

FUEL PUMP, FUEL-DRIVEN AUXILIARY HEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

IMPORTANT INFORMATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 190: Identifying Fuel Pump (FP)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Use protective gloves and protective goggles during all operations due to
the risk of fuel spill.

NOTE: There must be no dirt present when handling fuel line connections.

The fuel pump (FP) is a complete unit together with fuel hoses.

REMOVING COMPONENTS

Remove:

 the right rear wheel


 the connector for the fuel pump (FP)
 the fuel pump (FP) together with the bracket from the rear sub-frame.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 191: Identifying Fuel Pump Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Lower the fuel tank a little so that the fuel hoses to and from the fuel pump (FP) can be reached over the top of
the fuel tank. See: FUEL TANK .

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE FUEL PUMP (FP)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 192: Identifying Fuel Lines, Fuel Pump (FP) And Hoses
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the quick-release connector on the fuel hose routed to the fuel pump (FP) for the engine coolant heater
at the suction hose on the fuel tank unit.

NOTE: Wipe up any fuel spills.

Remove:

 the fuel lines from the fuel pump (FP) on top of the fuel tank
 the fuel pump (FP) and hoses running back over the rear axle.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING THE FUEL PUMP (FP)

Thread the fuel pump (FP) hoses above the rear axle and over the fuel tank.

Install:
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the fuel pump and its bracket in the rear sub-frame. Do not tighten the mounting screw yet
 the fuel lines on top of the fuel tank
 the fuel connection on the suction side at the fuel tank unit
 the fuel tank. See: FUEL TANK
 the fuel connection in front of the fuel tank.

Tighten the 1 M6 screw for the fuel pump (FP) bracket.

FINISHING

TESTING THE ENGINE COOLANT HEATER

Carry out a performance test of the engine coolant heater. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING .

WATER PUMP, FUEL-DRIVEN AUXILIARY HEATER (B5244S4)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

DRAINING THE ENGINE COOLANT


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 193: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the expansion tank cap.

Open the holder for the radiator hoses behind the engine to expose the lower radiator hose to the water pump.

Raise the vehicle.

Remove the shield under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips.

Install a hose on the nipple at the radiator. Feed the hose down to a container. Open the nipple and drain off the
coolant.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE WATER PUMP


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 194: Identifying Water Pump


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the screw holding the water pump and rubber mounting.


 the connector.

Pull the water pump forward a little.

HINT: Mark the location of the hoses at a suitable point on the water pump.

Install hose clips on both coolant hoses, as close to the water pump as possible. Position a container under the
water pump.

Disconnect the hoses.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING THE WATER PUMP


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 195: Identifying Water Pump


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

The water pump for the engine coolant heater has a rubber-mounted mounting. The lower section is hooked
onto the mounting bracket on the vehicle.

Install:

 the hoses using new hose clamps according to any markings. Remove the hose clips
 the water pump and mounting, 1 x M6. Tighten

HINT: Hook the lower reverse of the rubber mounting in the mounting. This facilitates locating the
thread hole and correct mounting.

 the connector.

Close the drain nipple. Remove the hose.

Fill with coolant. Run the engine until the thermostat opens. Top up if necessary.

FINISHING

ADJUSTING AND CHECKING


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Test run the engine coolant heater and check its function. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING .

Check for leakage from the coolant hoses.

Top up the coolant if necessary.

INSTALLING THE COVER

Fig. 196: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the cover. It is secured with 7 clips.

Lower the vehicle.

WATER PUMP, FUEL-DRIVEN AUXILIARY HEATER (B5254T3, B5254T7)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

DRAINING THE ENGINE COOLANT

Fig. 197: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the expansion tank cap.

Open the holder for the radiator hoses behind the engine to expose the lower radiator hose to the water pump.

Raise the vehicle.

Remove the shield under the vehicle. It is secured with 7 clips.

Install a hose on the nipple at the radiator. Feed the hose down to a container. Open the nipple and drain off the
coolant.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE WATER PUMP


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 198: Identifying Water Pump


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the screw holding the water pump and rubber mounting.


 the connector.

Pull the water pump forward a little.

HINT: Mark the location of the hoses at a suitable point on the water pump.

Install hose clips on both coolant hoses, as close to the water pump as possible. Position a container under the
water pump.

Disconnect the hoses.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING THE WATER PUMP


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 199: Identifying Water Pump


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

The water pump for the engine coolant heater has a rubber-mounted mounting. The lower section is hooked
onto the mounting bracket on the vehicle.

Install:

 the hoses using new hose clamps according to any markings. Remove the hose clips
 the water pump and mounting, 1 x M6. Tighten

HINT: Hook the lower reverse of the rubber mounting in the mounting. This facilitates locating the
thread hole and correct mounting.

 the connector.

Close the drain nipple. Remove the hose.

Fill with coolant. Run the engine until the thermostat opens. Top up if necessary.

FINISHING

ADJUSTING AND CHECKING


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
HVAC Climate Units - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Test run the engine coolant heater and check its function. See: FUEL-POWERED PREHEATER,
CHECKING .

Check for leakage from the coolant hoses.

Top up the coolant if necessary.

INSTALLING THE COVER

Fig. 200: Identifying Shield And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the cover. It is secured with 7 clips.

Lower the vehicle.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Cleaning, Inspection And Adjustment

TRANSMISSION

Clutch - Cleaning, Inspection And Adjustment

CLUTCH CONTROL
BLEEDING THE CLUTCH SYSTEM

Special tools

999 7446 Bleeding tool


Tool number: 999 7446
Tool description: Bleeding tool
Tool boards: 40

Materials
Designation Part number
Brake fluid 9437430

REMOVAL

Fig. 1: Brake Fluid, 9437430


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Only use new specified brake fluid from airtight containers.

CAUTION: The fluid level must remain between the MAX and MIN marks.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Cleaning, Inspection And Adjustment

Use: Brake fluid, 9437430

Fig. 2: Identifying Bleeding Tool


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

see 9997446
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Cleaning, Inspection And Adjustment

Fig. 3: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (1 Of 11)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 4: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (2 Of 11)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Cleaning, Inspection And Adjustment

Fig. 5: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (3 Of 11)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 6: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (4 Of 11)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Cleaning, Inspection And Adjustment

Fig. 7: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (5 Of 11)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 8: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (6 Of 11)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Cleaning, Inspection And Adjustment

Fig. 9: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (7 Of 11)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 10: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (8 Of 11)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Cleaning, Inspection And Adjustment

Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 11: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (9 Of 11)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 12: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (10 Of 11)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Cleaning, Inspection And Adjustment

Fig. 13: Clutch Bleeding Procedure (11 Of 11)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

TRANSMISSION

Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

MECHANICAL CLUTCH
CLUTCH DISC AND PRESSURE PLATE (B5244S4)

Special tools

999 7068 Counterhold


Tool number: 999 7068
Tool description: Counterhold
Tool boards: 43

999 7120 Gear sector


Tool number: 999 7120
Tool description: Gear sector
Tool boards: 21

999 5662 Compression tool (clutch) P200-V40


Tool number: 999 5662
Tool description: Compression tool (clutch) P200-
V40
Tool boards: 40

999 5663 Centering tool (clutch plate) P200-V40


Tool number: 999 5663
Tool description: Centering tool (clutch plate)
P200-V40
Tool boards: 40
999 5675 Socket (centering clutch plate) used
with 9995663
Tool number: 999 5675
Tool description: Socket (centering clutch plate)
used with 9995663
Tool boards: 40

Materials
Designation Part number
Isopropanol 1161721

REMOVAL

Perform transmission, removal


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 1: Identifying Counterhold Tool 9997068 And Gear Sector Tool 9997120
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Note the position of the component before removal.

see 9997068 see 9997120

Fig. 2: Locating Counterhold Tool Stop Pin


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 3: Identifying Compression Tool 9995662 And Pressure Plate Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

see 9995662

Fig. 4: Identifying Centering Tool 999 5663 And Socket Tool 999 5675 Attached To Clutch Disc
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: The cone on the special tool must only be tightened finger tight to prevent
damage to the clutch disc.

see 9995663 see 9995675


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 5: Identifying Cleaning Agent, 1161721


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Use: Cleaning agent, 1161721

Fig. 6: Identifying Compression Tool 9995662 Attached To Pressure Plate


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Take care not to trap any fingers when removing the special tool.

Torque: M8

24 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 7: Identifying Removal Of Centering Tool Assembly


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

Perform transmission installation

CLUTCH DISC AND PRESSURE PLATE (B5254T3, B5254T7)

Special tools

999 7068 Counterhold


Tool number: 999 7068
Tool description: Counterhold
Tool boards: 43

999 7120 Gear sector


Tool number: 999 7120
Tool description: Gear sector
Tool boards: 21

999 5662 Compression tool (clutch) P200-V40


Tool number: 999 5662
Tool description: Compression tool (clutch) P200-
V40
Tool boards: 40

999 5663 Centering tool (clutch plate) P200-V40


Tool number: 999 5663
Tool description: Centering tool (clutch plate)
P200-V40
Tool boards: 40
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

999 5675 Socket (centering clutch plate) used


with 9995663
Tool number: 999 5675
Tool description: Socket (centering clutch plate)
used with 9995663
Tool boards: 40

Materials
Designation Part number
Cleaning agent 1161721

REMOVAL

Remove transmission, see TRANSMISSION

Fig. 8: Identifying Counterhold Tool 9997068 And Gear Sector Tool 9997120
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Note the position of the component before removal.

see 9997068 see 9997120


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 9: Identifying Compression Tool 9995662 And Pressure Plate Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

see 9995662

INSTALLATION

Fig. 10: Identifying Centering Tool 999 5663 And Socket Tool 999 5675 Attached To Clutch Disc
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: The cone on the special tool must only be tightened finger tight to prevent
damage to the clutch disc.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

see 9995663 see 9995675

Fig. 11: Identifying Cleaning Agent, 1161721


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Use: Cleaning agent, 1161721

Fig. 12: Identifying Compression Tool 9995662 Attached To Pressure Plate


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Take care not to trap any fingers when removing the special tool.

Torque: M8

24 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 13: Identifying Removal Of Centering Tool Assembly


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the transmission, see TRANSMISSION

CLUTCH CONTROL (B5244S4)


CLUTCH SLAVE CYLINDER

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove the transaxle. See TRANSMISSION, REMOVING.

Fig. 14: Identifying Removal Of Retaining Pin To Link Arm


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 15: Locating Bolt For Clutch Slave Cylinder


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure

Install the transaxle. See TRANSMISSION, INSTALLING.

TRANSMISSION, REMOVING

Special tools:

see 9985972

see 9995463

see 9995972

see 9997077

see 9997101

see 9997103

NOTE: As the illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and / or models, some variation may occur. However, the essential information
is always correct.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

REMOVING THE LEFT-HAND ENGINE PAD

Remove the left-hand engine pad. See ENGINE SUPPORT INSULATOR LEFT .

REMOVING DRIVE SHAFTS

Remove:

 the right drive shaft. See DRIVE SHAFT RIGHT


 the left drive shaft. See DRIVE SHAFT LEFT .

REMOVING THE FENDER LINER

Remove the front left-hand fender liner. Slacken off the front 6 screws and the plastic nut in the frame member.

Fold back the fender liner.

REMOVING THE AIR CLEANER (ACL)

Remove:

 the hose clamps for the fresh air intake


 the evaporator hose by releasing the quick release lock
 the air cleaner (ACL). Disconnect the air cleaner (ACL) from the rubber mountings. Pull the air cleaner
(ACL) straight up.

PREVENTING SPILLAGES

Open the bleed screw on the clutch cylinder

NOTE: Unscrew the bleed screw until drops start to form. Versions using a rubber
gasket instead of a cone.

Install the hose from the bleeding equipment on the bleed screw.

Slowly press the clutch pedal all the way down. Lock the pedal. Use a pedal jack.

NOTE: The clutch cylinder does not leak fluid if the pedal is pressed during work.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE GROUND LEAD


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 16: Locating Ground


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the ground lead on the bracket. Tie up the ground lead


 the terminal for the back-up (reversing) lamp switch and the clip on the transmission.

REMOVING THE BRACKET


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 17: Locating Bracket Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the bracket from the transmission.

REMOVING THE GEAR SELECTOR CABLES


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 18: Identifying Gear Selector Cable Ball Joints


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the ball joints. Use: see 9997077


 the sleeves for the gear selector cables from the transmission cable bracket.

Tie up the cables.

REMOVING THE CLUTCH LINE


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 19: Identifying Clutch Line


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Pull up the striker plate. Pull the clutch line including the bleed nipple from the terminal.

Remove the rubber bushing from its bracket on the transmission.

Tie up the clutch line higher than the brake fluid reservoir.

Remove the 4 screws from the heat shield for the three-way catalytic converter (TWC).

REMOVING THE UPPER SCREWS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 20: Locating Bellhousing Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the starter motor. See STARTER MOTOR (TURBO) or STARTER MOTOR (NON-TURBO)
 the 4 screws between the engine and transmission.

NOTE: One screw is located against the heat shield for the three-way catalytic
converter (TWC).

LOWERING THE ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION

Lower the engine 10 mm by turning see 9997103 .

HINT: 10 mm corresponds to 6 revolutions on the screw.

REMOVING THE TORQUE ROD


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 21: Locating Bracket Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the torque rod together with the mounting in the sub-frame, 3 +1 screws.

ANGLING THE ENGINE AND TRANSMISSION


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 22: Securing Transmission


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install a tensioner strap between the rear engine mounting and the front cross member. Pull the engine and
transmission as far forwards as possible without touching the radiator.

REMOVING THE LOWER SCREWS


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 23: Locating Bellhousing Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

There are 7 screws between the engine and transmission. Remove 5 screws, leaving 2 screws in position.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 24: Locating Bellhousing Bolt


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: The screw above the drive shaft hole cannot be removed from the hole in the
engine. Pull the screw backwards as far as possible and let it remain in the hole.

INSTALLING THE FIXTURE ON THE MOBILE JACK AND TRANSMISSION


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 25: Identifying Mobile Jack And Transmission Fixture


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install: see 9995463 to: see 9995972 . Use the fixture and plate together with: see 9985972 .

NOTE: Tighten all the screws to the fixtures.

Align see 9997101 and 7101-1 together with their screws on the fixture and the transmission.

HINT: First raise the jack to the transmission until all the mountings are at the correct angle for the
transmission. Then tighten all the screwed joints.

REMOVING SCREWS
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 26: Locating Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the remaining 2 screws between the engine and transmission.

REMOVING THE TRANSMISSION

NOTE: Ensure that the transmission is taken straight out in relation to the engine.

NOTE: Lower the transmission slightly when removing so that it will pass the side
member.

Remove the transmission.

TRANSMISSION, INSTALLING

Special tools:

see 9997089

NOTE: As the illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and / or models, some variation may occur. However, the essential information
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

TRANSFERRING COMPONENTS

Fig. 27: Applying Thread Lock To Bolt Threads


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Move the ball catch to the new gear box.

Apply the thread lock 1161056 to the threads.

Tighten to 32 Nm.

When replacing the transmission, the transmission cable bracket must be transferred to the new transmission.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, See TIGHTENING TORQUE .

CLEANING AND LUBRICATING THE INPUT SHAFT

The input shaft must be lubricated before a manual transmission is installed. See INPUT SHAFT,
CLEANING .

CHECKING BEFORE INSTALLING

Check that the transmission and engine mating surfaces are absolutely clean.

Also check that the guide sleeves towards the engine are in position and are free of faults. Lubricate the holes in
the transmission (for the guide pins). Use a little grease.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

INSTALLING THE TRANSMISSION

Fig. 28: Identifying Installation Of Transmission


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Adjust height and angle with the mobile jack and the transmission fixture. Locate the transmission on the
engine. Ensure that the transmission goes straight in, in relation to the engine, and that no deviation occurs in
the clutch driven plate center.

INSTALLING ENGINE MOUNTING


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 29: Identifying Mounting For Transmission And Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the mounting for the transmission. Use 4 M10 screws and 1 M8 screw. Tighten.

LIFTING THE ENGINE AND THE TRANSMISSION


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 30: Identifying Lifting Tools


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Lift the engine/transmission. Align the mounting against the transmission in the engine pad.

Install the M14 screw for the engine mounting.

Remove the lifting beams and the lifting hook.

INSTALLING THE SCREWS IN THE TRANSMISSION / ENGINE

Fig. 31: Identifying Starter Motor And Screws For Transmission/Engine


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install:

 the 4 x M10 screws for the transmission and engine. Tighten


 the starter motor.

INSTALLING THE CLUTCH LINE

Fig. 32: Identifying Clutch Line


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Use a new O-ring for the clutch line. Install the clutch line. Lock using the locking pin.

Remove the pedal jack (if applicable). Lift up the clutch pedal. Bleed the clutch.

INSTALLING THE BRACKET


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 33: Identifying Bracket Holder, Bracket And Coolant Hose


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install:

 the bracket holder


 the bracket and the coolant hose.

INSTALLING THE GEAR SELECTOR CABLE


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 34: Identifying Back-Up Lamp Switch Connector And Transmission Cables To Bracket And Levers
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Ensure that the cable and sleeve do not crack or break.

Install:

 the connector for the back-up lamp switch


 the transmission cables to the bracket and levers. Adjust the transmission cable. See TRANSMISSION
CABLE, ADJUSTING .

INSTALLING THE AIR CLEANER (ACL) MODULE

Fig. 35: Identifying Air Cleaner (ACL) Module And Rubber Hose For Throttle Housing
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the air cleaner (ACL) module. See.

INSTALLING COMPONENTS
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 36: Identifying Oil Line And Ground Lead


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install:

 the ground lead on the transmission


 the torque rod mounting to the transmission, 3 x M10. Tighten.

INSTALLING THE SUB-FRAME

Fig. 37: Identifying Bolt To Sub-Frame And Fixture Plate


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Secure the sub-frame against the fixture plate using a retaining strap.

Lift the sub-frame. Align the sub-frame in the front mountings in the side members. Install the screws loosely,
4-5 threads.

Allow the sub-frame to hang down at the rear edge and to rest on the mobile jack.

Remove the temporary mounting for the steering gear. Allow the steering gear to rest on the sub-frame.

INSTALLING THE ANTI-ROLL BAR


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 38: Identifying Anti-Roll Bar Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the anti-roll bar. Use 4 new M10 screws. Tighten. See TIGHTENING TORQUE .

SECURING THE SUB-FRAME


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 39: Identifying Adjustment Tool 9997089


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install see 9997089 on both sides. Carefully raise the sub-frame so that the adjustment tools are lined up with
the holes in the side members.

INSTALLING THE SCREWS

Fig. 40: Identifying Screws For Rear Mounting Of Sub-Frame


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Install the screws for the rear mounting of the sub-frame. Loosely install new M16 screws, together with the
brackets and their 4 M8 screws.

Tighten the M16 screws. See TIGHTENING TORQUE .

Tighten the 4 M8 screws for the brackets. Tighten.

Install the rubber mountings for the exhaust pipe mounting.

INSTALLING THE SCREWS, CONTINUED

Fig. 41: Identifying Screws For Steering Gear/Sub-Frame


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Tighten the front M12 screws to the subframe. See TIGHTENING TORQUE .

Install new screws for the steering gear and sub-frame loosely.

Tightening is performed later from the engine compartment.

FINISHING

INSTALLING THE BEVEL GEAR

Install the bevel gear. See BEVEL GEAR .

INSTALLING THE LEFT DRIVE SHAFT

Install the left-hand drive shaft. See DRIVESHAFT LEFT .

CHECKING THE TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL

Top up the transmission with fluid if necessary. See TRANSAXLE OIL .


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

INSTALLING WHEELS

Install the front wheels. See WHEELS .

INSTALLING COMPONENTS IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Fig. 42: Identifying Steering Gear Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Tighten the two M12 screws for the steering gear.

INSTALLING THE BATTERY LEAD

Fig. 43: Identifying Battery Box


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install:

 the box for the battery


 the battery negative lead. See BATTERY DISCONNECTING AND CONNECTING .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

CHECK THE BRAKE FLUID

Check the brake fluid level. Use only Volvo Genuine parts brake fluid (Volvo DOT 4+) when topping up.

CLUTCH PEDAL (2011)

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Remove clutch pedal, see MASTER CYLINDER, CLUTCH

MASTER CYLINDER, CLUTCH

Special tools
999 5511 PRESS TOOL (BALL SEAT GEAR
CABLE) 800
Tool number: 999 5511
Tool description: PRESS TOOL (BALL SEAT
GEAR CABLE) 800
Tool boards: 43

999 7172 Wrench


Tool number: 999 7172
Tool description: Wrench
Tool boards: 43

999 7119 Mounting


Tool number: 999 7119
Tool description: Mounting
Tool boards: 21

Materials
Designation Part number
Anti-squeak tape 1161842
Silicone grease 1161687

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 44: Identifying Clutch Pedal


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 45: Removing Clutch Pedal Spring


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 46: Centering Steering Wheel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: The steering column may contain pyrotechnic components.

NOTE: Make sure that the road wheels are in the straight ahead position.

Remove position sensor clutch pedal engine compartment, see POSITION SENSOR CLUTCH PEDAL
ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Fig. 47: Identifying Connector Removal


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 48: Removing Clutch Hose


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.

Fig. 49: Positioning Hose Above Fluid Level In Reservoir


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: Make sure the open end of the hose is secured above the fluid level in the
reservoir.

Remove the following items:

 Lighting switch, see LIGHTING SWITCH


 Panel steering column, see PANEL STEERING COLUMN
 Stoplamp switch, see STOPLAMP SWITCH
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 50: Removing/Installing Steering Shaft Joint


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Make sure that a new component is installed.

Torque: steering column to steering gear (steering shaft joint)

25 Nm

Fig. 51: Locating Connectors


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 52: Identifying Clutch Line Removal


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 53: Identifying Steering Column To Dashboard Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: Steering column to dashboard

24 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 54: Identifying Steering Column Assembly


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 55: Locating Switch Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

Remove Start Inhibitor Switch clutch pedal passenger compartment, see START INHIBIT SWITCH
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 56: Identifying Start Inhibit Switch


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

VEHICLES MANUFACTURED FROM CHASSIS NUMBER: 22095

Remove the collision warning control module, see COLLISION WARNING CONTROL MODULE

ALL VEHICLES

Fig. 57: Identifying Bracket


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 58: Identifying Special Tool 9995511


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

see 9995511

Fig. 59: Locating Clutch Pedal Mounting Bracket Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M8

24 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 60: Identifying Wrench 9997172 To Adjust Clutch Tension


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

see 9997172

Fig. 61: Identifying Seal


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Note the position of each component before removal.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 62: Locating Seal For Disposal


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Use a new seal.

INSTALLATION

Fig. 63: Identifying Bracket


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: This step is not necessary when installing a new component.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 64: Identifying Where to Cut


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 65: Visually Inspecting That Bracket Is At 90Degrees


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

see 9997119
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 66: Anti-squeak tape, 1161842


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Use: Anti-squeak tape, 1161842

Fig. 67: Identifying Silicone grease, 1161687


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Use: Silicone grease, 1161687

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Perform clutch system venting, see BLEEDING THE CLUTCH SYSTEM

MASTER CYLINDER, CLUTCH

Special tools

999 7172 Wrench


Tool number: 999 7172
Tool description: Wrench
Tool boards: 43

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove battery, see BATTERY

Fig. 68: Identifying Removal Of M6 Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 69: Identifying Removal Of Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 70: Identifying Connector Removal


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 71: Identifying Method To Detach Line


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.

Fig. 72: Identifying Removal Of Clutch Line


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: Make sure the open end of the hose is secured above the fluid level in the
reservoir.

Remove the following items:

 Panel steering column, see PANEL STEERING COLUMN


 Combined instrument panel, see COMBINED INSTRUMENT PANEL
 Start Inhibit Switch, see START INHIBIT SWITCH
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 73: Centering Steering Wheel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: The steering column may contain pyrotechnic components.

NOTE: Make sure that the road wheels are in the straight ahead position.

Fig. 74: Identifying Bolt On Steering Shaft Joint


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Make sure that a new component is installed.

Torque: steering column to steering gear (steering shaft joint)

25 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 75: Locating Clutch Line Attachment Point


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 76: Locating Clutch Line Steering Wheel Connectors


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 77: Identifying Connector


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 78: Identifying Clutch Line Removal


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 79: Identifying Steering Column To Dashboard Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: Steering column to dashboard

24 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 80: Locating Clutch Line Fasteners


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 81: Identifying Clutch Piston Attachment Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 82: Identifying Clutch And M8 Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M8

24 Nm

Fig. 83: Identifying Wrench 9997172 To Adjust Clutch Tension


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

see 9997172
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 84: Locating Seal For Disposal


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Use a new seal.

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Perform clutch system venting, see BLEEDING THE CLUTCH SYSTEM

START INHIBIT SWITCH

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 85: Identifying Clutch Pedal Arm


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 86: Removing Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 87: Identifying Start Inhibit Switch


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 88: Identifying Start Inhibit Switch


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

POSITION SENSOR CLUTCH PEDAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Special tools

999 7402 Installer


Tool number: 999 7402
Tool description: Installer
Tool boards: 40

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove battery, see BATTERY


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 89: Identifying Removal Of M6 Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

Fig. 90: Identifying Removal Of Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 91: Identifying Installer Tool 999 7402 And Clutch Pedal Position Sensor
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

see 9997402

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

CLUTCH CONTROL (B5254T3)


CLUTCH SLAVE CYLINDER

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove transmission, see TRANSMISSION


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 92: Identifying Removal Of Retaining Pin To Link Arm


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 93: Locating Bolt For Clutch Slave Cylinder


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

MASTER CYLINDER, CLUTCH

see MASTER CYLINDER, CLUTCH

CLUTCH CONTROL (B5254T7)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

CLUTCH SLAVE CYLINDER

see CLUTCH SLAVE CYLINDER

CLUTCH PEDAL (2011)

see CLUTCH PEDAL (2011)

MASTER CYLINDER, CLUTCH

see MASTER CYLINDER, CLUTCH

POSITION SENSOR CLUTCH PEDAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT

see POSITION SENSOR CLUTCH PEDAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2011)

CLUTCH CONTROL
START INHIBIT SWITCH

REMOVAL

Fig. 94: Identifying Clutch Pedal Arm


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove instrument panel lower, see INSTRUMENT PANEL LOWER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
TRANSMISSION Clutch - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 95: Identifying Removal Start Inhibit Switch


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

Fig. 96: Identifying Start Inhibit Switch


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Collision Avoidance

ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT

Collision Avoidance

COLLISION AVOIDANCE
COLLISION WARNING CONTROL MODULE

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove the combined instrument panel, see COMBINED INSTRUMENT PANEL

Fig. 1: View of Collision Warning Control Module


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES & EQUIPMENT Collision Avoidance

Fig. 2: Removing Collision Warning Control Module


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: Take extra care not to damage the clips.

NOTE: Make sure that the component terminals are not bent or damaged.

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
COMMON SPECS & PROCEDURES C30

COMMON SPECS & PROCEDURES

C30

SPECIFICATIONS INDEX
SPECIFICATIONS INDEX - C30
System Specification/Procedure
Air Conditioning
Service Procedures see CLIMATE UNITS -
CLEANING, INSPECTION AND
ADJUSTMENT
Service Specifications see AC COMPRESSOR
Torque see SUMMARY OF TIGHTENING
TORQUES FOR SPECIFIC
COMPONENTS
Axle Nut/Hub Nut
Torque Tighten the screws for the hub
alternately. See HUB AND
BEARING
First Step: tighten to 20 Nm
Second Step: tighten to 130 Nm
Battery see BATTERY MARKING
Brakes
Bleeding Sequence see BRAKE SYSTEM
BLEEDING
Disc Brakes
Service Specifications see WHEEL BRAKE -
SPECIFICATIONS,
MECHANICAL
Torque see SUMMARY OF SPECIFIC
COMPONENTS AND
TIGHTENING TORQUES
Charging
Torque see SUMMARY OF
TIGHTENING TORQUES FOR
SPECIFIC COMPONENTS
Drive Belts
Adjustment Drive Belt is self-adjusting
Drive Belt Routing See the illustrations under
ACCESSORY DRIVE BELT
Engine Cooling
General Service Specifications see COOLING SYSTEM -
WATER QUALITY
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
COMMON SPECS & PROCEDURES C30

Thermostat R & I see THERMOSTAT (B5254T7)


Water Pump R & I see COOLANT PUMP
Engine Mechanical
Compression NA
Oil Pressure @100 °C see appropriate engine under
ENGINE - SPECIFICATIONS,
MECHANICAL
Overhaul see appropriate engine under ENGINE
- SPECIFICATIONS,
MECHANICAL
Torque see SUMMARY OF TIGHTENING
TORQUES FOR SPECIFIC
COMPONENTS
Fluid Specifications See FLUIDS under
MAINTENANCE/FLUIDS tab. From
within Manager or Service Writer, click
the "30/60/90 Interval" or "Maint."
button.
Flywheel/Flex Plate/Drive Plate
Torque 33 ft. lb (45 N. m) and then angle
tighten an additional 65 degrees

NOTE:
For more information about angle
tightening, see SCREWED JOINT,
TORQUE/ANGLE TIGHTENING
Fuel System
Pressure Specification Relative Pressure: 300 kPa,
Absolute Pressure: 400 kPa
Checking Fuel Pressure see FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE,
CHECKING (B5254T7)
Fuel Filter R & I
see FUEL FILTER (B5254T7)
Ignition
Firing Order & Cylinder Identification see FIRING ORDER & CYLINDER
IDENTIFICATION
Spark Plug
Bosch P/N: FR7MPP10
Gap .028-.032 In. (.70-.80 mm)
Torque 18 ft. lb (25 N. m)
Starter
Torque Starter mounting bolts: 50 Nm
Battery positive cable to solenoid: 11
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
COMMON SPECS & PROCEDURES C30

Start impulse lead: 8.5 Nm

Wheel Alignment
Adjustment Specifications see WHEEL ALIGNMENT
Torque see SUMMARY OF TIGHTENING
TORQUES FOR SPECIFIC
COMPONENTS
Wheel & Tire
Wheel To Wheel Hub Stage 1: 20 Nm
Stage 2: 140 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

ELECTRICAL

Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

CONNECTORS
CONNECTOR ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM MODULE (ABS)

Special tools:

see 9512630

see 9512631

NOTE: The graphics in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the graphics is always correct.

DISASSEMBLY

DISASSEMBLING SECONDARY LOCK

Fig. 1: Identifying Secondary Lock Released Using Electrician's Screwdriver


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Disconnect the secondary lock. Use an electrician's screwdriver, as shown.

CAUTION: Disconnect and work with only one cable at a time to minimize the risk of
mixing them up.

DISASSEMBLING PRIMARY LOCK

Fig. 2: Identifying Tools 951 2636 And 951 2639 To Remove Primary Lock
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Use tool see 9512630 and tool see 9512631 to remove the primary lock as shown.

At the same time pull the cable carefully backwards.

ASSEMBLY

NOTE: Wheel sensor cables are twisted pair (positive and negative signal) cables for
each wheel. It is important that paired cables are twinned in the same way when
they are reinstalled in the connector. The cables must be twisted approximately
3 times per 100 mm.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

ASSEMBLING PRIMARY LOCK

Check that the cable terminal is undamaged.

Press the cable terminal into the housing.

Check that the cable terminal is properly locked by pulling carefully on the cable.

ASSEMBLING SECONDARY LOCK

Press the secondary lock into place.

CONNECTOR CONTROL MODULE EXTRA SAFETY SYSTEM

Special tools:

see 9512812

see 9512637

NOTE: The graphics in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the graphics is always correct.

DISASSEMBLY

DISASSEMBLING SECONDARY LOCK


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 3: Identifying Receptacle Housings Removal


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Press in the active catches on both sides of the socket housing and slide out the receptacle housings.

CAUTION: Disconnect and work with only one cable at a time to minimize the risk of
mixing them up.

DISASSEMBLING PRIMARY LOCK


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 4: Identifying Locking Tab Pressed In On Cable Terminal Using Special Tool 9512812
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Press in the locking tab on the cable terminal and carefully pull out the cable and the cable terminal. Use tool:
see 9512812 or tool: see 9512637 , as shown.

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLING PRIMARY LOCK

Check that the cable terminal is undamaged.

Press the cable terminal into the housing.

Check that the cable terminal is properly locked by pulling carefully on the cable.

ASSEMBLING SECONDARY LOCK

Press the secondary lock into place.

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION BOX, FUSE BOX


ACCESSORY CONTROL MODULE (AEM)
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

REMOVAL

Fig. 5: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 6: Identifying Accessory Control Module (AEM) Removal Procedure (1 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove side panel cargo compartment. See SIDE PANEL LOADSPACE


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 7: Identifying Accessory Control Module (AEM) Removal Procedure (2 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 8: Identifying Accessory Control Module (AEM) Removal Procedure (3 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 9: Identifying Accessory Control Module (AEM) Removal Procedure (4 Of 8)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 10: Identifying Accessory Control Module (AEM) Removal Procedure (5 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 11: Identifying Accessory Control Module (AEM) Removal Procedure (6 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 12: Identifying Accessory Control Module (AEM) Removal Procedure (7 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 13: Identifying Accessory Control Module (AEM) Removal Procedure (8 Of 8)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Order and download software according to 30664885

CABLE, BATTERY TO GENERATOR (B5244S4; 2007-11)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in the graphics is
always correct.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 14: Locating Connection To Battery, Nut On Starter And Air Cleaner
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

 battery negative lead. See BATTERY DISCONNECTING AND CONNECTING


 the air cleaner (ACL).
 connection to battery.

Torque: Battery lead to battery lead terminal

14 Nm

 nut on starter motor.

Torque: Starter motor B+ terminal

15 Nm

 the clamp, x1
 1 clip
 the lead.

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure

CABLE, BATTERY TO GENERATOR (B5254T3; 2007, B5254T7; 2008-12)

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

NOTE: Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in the graphics is
always correct.

Fig. 15: Locating Connection To Battery, Nut On Starter And Air Cleaner
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

 Battery negative lead. See BATTERY DISCONNECTING AND CONNECTING


 the air cleaner (ACL).
 connection to battery.

Torque: Battery lead to battery lead terminal

14 Nm

 nut on starter motor.

Torque: Starter motor B+ terminal

15 Nm

 the clamp, x1
 1 clip
 the lead.

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure

CONTROL MODULE RELAY BOX PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

REMOVAL

Perform, see BATTERY DISCONNECTING AND CONNECTING

CAUTION: The control module must be removed, reinstalled and downloaded with
software before the control module is replaced.

NOTE: This module contains customer parameters.

Fig. 16: Identifying Control Module Relay Box & Clip


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 17: Identifying Zip Ties


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 18: Identifying Control Module Relay Box Tilted Down


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 19: Identifying Control Module Relay Box Pulled Forward And Down
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 20: Identifying Control Module Relays And Cables


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Make sure that the component terminals are not bent or damaged.

Fig. 21: Identifying Removal Of Control Module Relay Box


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Order and download software according to 30667203

Set the clock.

LEAD BATTERY TO CENTRAL ELECTRICAL UNIT ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Special Tool
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

T9512636 TERMINAL REMOVAL TOOL (COLOR


CODE: BLUE)
Tool number: T9512636
Tool description: TERMINAL REMOVAL TOOL (COLOR
CODE: BLUE)
Tool boards:

T9512852 TERMINAL REMOVAL TOOL


Tool number: T9512852
Tool description: REMOVAL TOOL
Tool boards:

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Disconnect the negative battery lead. See BATTERY DISCONNECTING AND CONNECTING
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 22: Identifying Direction To Remove Central Electrical Unit Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 23: Identifying Battery Lead To Battery Lead Terminal, 14 Nm


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: Battery lead to battery lead terminal

14 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 24: Identifying Relay/Fuse Holder's Screw(s)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the relay/fuse holder's screws, 2 pcs. Lift the relay/fuse holder straight up at the trailing edge. Remove
the lower casing.

Fig. 25: Identifying Position Of Relays


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Note the position of the relays. Remove relays and fuses from the relay/fuse
holder as needed.

For the location of the relays and fuses, see

 decals at each respective relay and fuse box in the vehicle.


 Pocket Data Booklet

Remove the front secondary catch, lift with a screwdriver.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Cables And Fuses - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 26: Identifying Removal Of Front Secondary Catch With Terminal Removal Tool 9512636
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the thin cable. see 9512636

Fig. 27: Identifying Terminal Removal Tool 9512852 For Removal Of Front Secondary Catch
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Alternatively. see 9512852

INSTALLATION

Install in reverse order.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

ENGINE

Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

RADIATOR AND CONNECTIONS


RADIATOR (B5244S4; 2007-10)

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE ENGINE COOLING FAN (FC)

Remove the cooling fan. See ENGINE COOLING FAN (FC)

Fig. 1: Re-installing Radiator Bracket with Fan Removed


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the following items:

 bracket
 screws, lightly, 4 pcs.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 2: Identifying Panel And Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

 screw
 engine compartment panel.

Fig. 3: Locating Mounting Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

 screw
 radiator mounting.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 4: Supporting Condenser Assembly


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Slightly raise the condenser and suspend from a suitable place, so that the condenser is not put under any strain.

Fig. 5: Locating Mounting Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the screws for the upper radiator mounting, 2 pcs on both sides
 bracket under air conditioning aggregate
 radiator downwards.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: Tighten. See TIGHTENING TORQUE

INSTALLING THE ENGINE COOLING FAN (FC)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 6: Re-installing Radiator Bracket with Fan Removed


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the following items:

 the radiator
 Bracket
 screws, 4 pcs, lightly.

Fig. 7: Locating Mounting Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the screws for the upper radiator mounting, 2 pcs on both sides.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 8: Identifying Panel And Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the following items:

 engine compartment panel.


 screws, M6.

Fig. 9: Identifying Mobile Jack


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install a mobile jack under the radiator.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 10: Identifying Radiator Bracket


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the bracket.

Install the engine cooling fan. See ENGINE COOLING FAN (FC)

RADIATOR (B5254T3; 2007-08, B5254T7; 2008-12)

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE ENGINE COOLING FAN (FC)

Remove the electric cooling fan. See ENGINE COOLING FAN (FC) (B5254T7; 2011 LATE -12) or
ENGINE COOLING FAN (FC) (B5244S4; 2007-09, B5254T3; 2007, B5254T7; 2008-11)

INSTALLING THE BRACKET FOR THE RADIATOR

Fig. 11: Re-installing Radiator Bracket with Fan Removed


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install:

 the bracket
 the 4 x screws, lightly.

Remove the charge air cooler (CAC). See CHARGE AIR COOLER (B5244S4; 2007-09, B5254T3; 2007,
B5254T7; 2008-11) or CHARGE AIR COOLER (B5254T7; 2011 LATE - 2012)

REMOVING THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT PANEL

Fig. 12: Identifying Panel And Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 screws
 the engine compartment panel.

REMOVING THE UPPER RADIATOR MOUNTING


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 13: Locating Mounting Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following on both sides:

 the screw
 the radiator mounting.

SUSPENDING THE CONDENSER

Fig. 14: Supporting Condenser Assembly


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Slightly raise the condenser and suspend from a suitable place, so that the condenser is not put under any strain.

REMOVING THE RADIATOR


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 15: Locating Mounting Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the screws for the upper radiator mounting, 2 on both sides.


 the bracket under the air conditioning aggregate
 the radiator downwards.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see TIGHTENING TORQUE

INSTALLING THE RADIATOR

Fig. 16: Re-installing Radiator Bracket with Fan Removed


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Install:

 Radiator
 the bracket
 the 4x screws, lightly.

Fig. 17: Locating Mounting Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the screws for the upper radiator mounting, 2 on both sides.

Fig. 18: Identifying Panel And Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the engine compartment panel


 the screws, M6.

Install the charge air cooler (CAC). See CHARGE AIR COOLER (B5244S4; 2007-09, B5254T3; 2007,
B5254T7; 2008-11 EARLY) or CHARGE AIR COOLER (B5254T7; 2011 LATE - 2012)
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

INSTALLING ENGINE COOLANT FAN (FC)

Fig. 19: Identifying Mobile Jack


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install a mobile jack under the radiator.

Fig. 20: Identifying Radiator Bracket


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the bracket.

Install the electric cooling fan. See ENGINE COOLING FAN (FC) (B5244S4; 2007-09, B5254T3; 2007,
B5254T7; 2008-11 EARLY) or ENGINE COOLING FAN (FC) (B5254T7; 2011 LATE -12)

COOLANT PUMP AND THERMOSTAT


COOLANT PUMP
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Perform cooling system draining, charging and bleeding. See COOLING SYSTEM - DRAINING,
CHARGING AND BLEEDING

Remove timing belt. See TIMING BELT

Fig. 21: Identifying Water Pump and Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.

Torque: M7

17 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

THERMOSTAT (B5244S4; 2007-10)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Drain cooling system, draining, filling, and bleeding. See COOLING SYSTEM - DRAINING, CHARGING
AND BLEEDING
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Remove the air filter housing. See AIR CLEANER HOUSING

Fig. 22: Identifying Water Outlet


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.

Torque: M6

10 Nm

Fig. 23: Identifying Thermostat


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

THERMOSTAT (B5254T3; 2007-08, B5254T7; 2008-12)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Drain cooling system, draining, filling, and bleeding, see COOLING SYSTEM - DRAINING, CHARGING
AND BLEEDING

Remove the air filter housing. See AIR CLEANER HOUSING

Fig. 24: Identifying Water Outlet


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.

Torque: M6

10 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 25: Identifying Thermostat


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

COOLING FAN
ENGINE COOLING FAN (FC) (B5244S4; 2007-10, B5254T3; 2007-08, B5254T7; 2008-11 EARLY)

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE BUMPER

Remove the bumper cover.

Drain coolant. See COOLING SYSTEM - DRAINING, CHARGING AND BLEEDING .

REMOVING COMPONENTS
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 26: Identifying Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the cover for the brake control module (BCM)

Fig. 27: Identifying Expansion Tank Cap


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the expansion tank cap


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 28: Identifying Connector And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the connector for the engine cooling fan (FC)


 the hoses from the clips, x 2.

Only applies to vehicles with automatic transmissions

Remove the screws for the transmission's oil cooler. Place the oil cooler to one side.

Fig. 29: Identifying Premair Sensor


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Only applies to vehicles with premair sensors

Remove the connector for the premair sensor.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 30: Identifying Splash Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the 7x screws
 the splash guard under the engine.

Fig. 31: Identifying Mobile Jack


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install a mobile jack under the radiator.

REMOVING THE ENGINE COOLING FAN


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 32: Identifying Radiator Bracket


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the 4 screws
 the bracket for the air conditioning aggregate.

Fig. 33: Locating Coolant Hoses


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the 2x coolant hoses.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 34: Identifying Clips and Catches


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: When removing the engine cooling fan (FC), ensure that no cables are
damaged.

Press in both clips on the upper section and lift the engine cooling fan (FC) from the catches.

Remove the fan downwards.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see TIGHTENING TORQUE

INSTALLING THE ENGINE COOLING FAN

Install:

 the engine cooling fan (FC) from underneath. Hook the engine cooling fan (FC) into the upper and lower
mountings.
 the 2 x coolant hoses, close the drain screw.
 the bracket for the air conditioning aggregate
 the 4 x M8 screws. Remove the air conditioning aggregate.
 the splash guard under the engine using the 7 x screws
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 35: Identifying Premair Sensor


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Only applies to vehicles with premair sensors

Install the connector to the premair sensor

Only applies to vehicles with automatic transmissions

Install:

 the oil cooler to the transmission


 the bolt.

Applies to all versions

Install:

 the connector to the engine cooling fan (FC)


 the 2 x hoses in the clips
 the cover for the brake control module (BCM).

Top up the coolant. See COOLING SYSTEM - DRAINING, CHARGING AND BLEEDING

Run the engine until the thermostat opens. Top up if necessary.

Install the bumper cover.

ENGINE COOLING FAN (FC) (B5254T7; 2011 LATE -12)

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

REMOVING THE BUMPER

Remove the bumper cover. See COVER BUMPER FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012) or COVER BUMPER
FRONT (2010-11)

Drain coolant. See COOLING SYSTEM - DRAINING, CHARGING AND BLEEDING

REMOVING COMPONENTS

Fig. 36: Identifying Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the cover for the brake control module (BCM)

Fig. 37: Identifying Expansion Tank Cap


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

 the expansion tank cap

Fig. 38: Identifying Connector And Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the connector for the engine cooling fan (FC)


 the hoses from the clips, x 2.

Only applies to vehicles with automatic transmissions

Remove the screws for the transmission's oil cooler. Place the oil cooler to one side.

Fig. 39: Identifying Premair Sensor


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Only applies to vehicles with premair sensors

Remove the connector for the premair sensor.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 40: Identifying Splash Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the 7x screws
 the splash guard under the engine.

Fig. 41: Identifying Mobile Jack


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install a mobile jack under the radiator.

REMOVING THE ENGINE COOLING FAN


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 42: Identifying Radiator Bracket


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the 4 screws
 the bracket for the air conditioning aggregate.

Fig. 43: Locating Coolant Hoses


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the 2x coolant hoses.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 44: Identifying Clips and Catches


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: When removing the engine cooling fan (FC), ensure that no cables are
damaged.

Press in both clips on the upper section and lift the engine cooling fan (FC) from the catches.

Remove the fan downwards.

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see TIGHTENING TORQUE

INSTALLING THE ENGINE COOLING FAN

Install:

 the engine cooling fan (FC) from underneath. Hook the engine cooling fan (FC) into the upper and lower
mountings.
 the 2x coolant hoses, close the drain screw.
 the bracket for the air conditioning aggregate
 the 4 x M8 screws. Remove the air conditioning aggregate.
 the splash guard under the engine using the 7x screws
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 45: Identifying Premair Sensor


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Only applies to vehicles with premair sensors

Install the connector to the premair sensor

Only applies to vehicles with automatic transmissions

Install:

 the oil cooler to the transmission


 the bolt.

Applies to all versions

Install:

 the connector to the engine cooling fan (FC)


 the 2 x hoses in the clips
 the cover for the brake control module (BCM).

Top up the coolant. See COOLING SYSTEM - DRAINING, CHARGING AND BLEEDING

Run the engine until the thermostat opens. Top up if necessary.

Install the bumper cover. See COVER BUMPER FRONT (2010-11 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER
FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012)

CHARGE AIR COOLER WITH CONNECTION


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

CHARGE AIR COOLER (B5244S4; 2007-09, B5254T3; 2007-08, B5254T7; 2008-11 EARLY)

NOTE: The graphics in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the graphics is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

Remove the bumper cover. See COVER BUMPER FRONT (2010-11 EARLY) .

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC)

Fig. 46: Identifying Screw Locations


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the switch
 the hoses
 the 2 screws.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fold the air baffle up.

Remove the charge air cooler (CAC).

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC)

NOTE: For tightening torques, see TIGHTENING TORQUE .

Fold the air baffle up.

Install:

 the charge air cooler (CAC)


 the 2 M6 screws
 the hoses.

FINISHING

Install the bumper cover. See COVER BUMPER FRONT (2010-11 EARLY) .

CHARGE AIR COOLER (B5254T7; 2011 LATE-2012)

NOTE: The graphics in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the graphics is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

The bumper cover. See COVER BUMPER FRONT

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE UPPER SCREWS FOR THE LOWER AIR BAFFLE


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 47: Locating Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the screws on both sides.

REMOVING THE CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

Fig. 48: Identifying Fasteners


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the hoses (1)


 the 2 screws (2).

Lift the charge air cooler (CAC). Remove the charge air cooler (CAC).

INSTALLATION

NOTE: For tightening torques, see TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING THE CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC)

Thread on the right-hand charge air pipe and hook the charge air cooler (CAC) into the upper mountings.

Install:

 the 2 M6 screws
 the hoses.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ENGINE Cooling System - Removal, Replacement And Installation

INSTALLING THE UPPER SCREWS FOR THE LOWER AIR BAFFLE

Fig. 49: Locating Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the M5 screws on both sides.

FINISHING

The bumper shell. See COVER BUMPER FRONT .


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Body Electrical

ELECTRICAL

Body Electrical

BODY ELECTRICAL
DATA LINK CONNECTOR (OBD-II)

Special tools
951 2636 Terminal removal tool (Color code:
Blue)
Tool number: 951 2636
Tool description: Terminal removal tool (Color
code: Blue)
Tool boards: 39

REMOVAL

Fig. 1: Locating Data Link Connector (OBD-II)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Body Electrical

Fig. 2: Identifying Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 3: Identifying Data Link Connector (OBD-II) Release Tab


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 4: Removing Data Link Connector


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ELECTRICAL Body Electrical

Fig. 5: Releasing Tab with Tool 9512636


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Make sure that the component terminals are not bent or damaged.

see 9512636

NOTE: Only work on 1 cable at a time.

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB

Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

FUEL TANK FILLER DOOR


DOOR LATCH, FUEL FILLER DOOR

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Fig. 1: Door Latch Fuel Filler Door Remove/Install Components (1 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 2: Door Latch Fuel Filler Door Remove/Install Components (2 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 3: Door Latch Fuel Filler Door Remove/Install Components (3 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

FUEL TANK FILLER DOOR

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE FUEL TANK FILLER COVER

Open the fuel tank filler cover.

Fig. 4: Removing Fuel Filler Door


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the 2 screws
 the holder for the fuel tank filler cap (1).

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE FUEL TANK FILLER COVER

Install:
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

 the 2 screws. Tighten


 the holder for the fuel tank filler cap.

LOCK, HANDLE
DOOR LATCH, FRONT DOOR

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Remove the Front Door Interior Handle Cable, see FRONT DOOR INTERIOR HANDLE CABLE

Fig. 5: Removing Front Door Latch (1 Of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 6: Removing Front Door Latch (2 Of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 7: Removing Front Door Latch (3 Of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 8: Removing Front Door Latch (4 Of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

DOOR LATCH, GLOVE COMPARTMENT

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Remove glove compartment, see GLOVE COMPARTMENT

Fig. 9: Removing Pins


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 10: Identifying Handle


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 11: Identifying Mounting Points


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

FRONT DOOR INTERIOR HANDLE CABLE

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove the following items:

 Window, front door. See WINDOW, FRONT DOOR.


 Handle outer door front, see HANDLE OUTER DOOR FRONT
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 12: Removing Front Door Interior Handle Cable (1 Of 7)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 13: Removing Front Door Interior Handle Cable (2 Of 7)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 14: Removing Front Door Interior Handle Cable (3 Of 7)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

1. Torque: Door latch to door

8 Nm

2. Torque: M6

10 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 15: Removing Front Door Interior Handle Cable (4 Of 7)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 16: Removing Front Door Interior Handle Cable (5 Of 7)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 17: Removing Front Door Interior Handle Cable (6 Of 7)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 18: Removing Front Door Interior Handle Cable (7 Of 7)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

FRONT DOOR OUTER HANDLE

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Disconnect the battery ground cable. See BATTERY DISCONNECTING AND CONNECTING .

Fig. 19: Removing Front Door Outer Handle (1 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 20: Removing Front Door Outer Handle (2 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Slacken off the screw by 4 turns only.

Torque: Door lock cylinder to external handle (vehicles without keyless vehicle module (KVM))

3 Nm

Torque: Door lock cylinder to external handle (vehicles with keyless vehicle module (KVM))

4 Nm

Fig. 21: Removing Front Door Outer Handle (3 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Only vehicles with KVM (keyless vehicle module).


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

NOTE: Make sure that the connector fastens in the park position during dismantling.

To install, reverse the removal procedure

LOCK CYLINDER, DOOR

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Fig. 22: View Of Removing Door Lock Cylinder


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Do not loosen the bolt more than 4 turns.

Fig. 23: Identifying Door Lock Cylinder


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

OUTER TAILGATE/TRUNK LID HANDLE

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Remove the liftgate trim panel, see TAILGATE/TRUNK LID PANEL

Fig. 24: Removing Outer Tailgate/Trunk Lid Handle (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: Exterior handle to tailgate/luggage compartment lid

3 Nm

Fig. 25: Removing Outer Tailgate/Trunk Lid Handle (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

TRUNK LID/TAILGATE LOCK MECHANISM

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 26: Removing Trunk Lid/Tailgate Lock Mechanism (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 27: Removing Trunk Lid/Tailgate Lock Mechanism (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Note the position of the component before removal.

Torque: Door latch to luggage compartment lid

20 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

ROOF HATCH
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

APRON MOLDING SUNROOF

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE APRON MOLDING FOR THE SUN ROOF

Fig. 28: Identifying Apron Molding Pulled Into Car


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

The sun roof must be in the half open position.

Pull the apron molding backwards.

Release the top edge and unhook the bottom edge of the apron molding.

Remove the apron molding.

INSTALLATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

INSTALLING APRON MOLDING FOR THE SUN ROOF

Hook the apron molding into place at the top and bottom edges.

DRAIN DUCT SUNROOF

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

REMOVING THE SUNROOF GLASS

Remove the sunroof glass. See: GLASS SUN ROOF.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE GUTTER

Fig. 29: Pressing Out The Front Mounting


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Press out the front mounting for the gutter on both sides.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 30: Pressing Out Gutter


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Carefully press out the center of the gutter and then press the corner outwards to release the gutter clips from the
sunroof frame. Repeat the procedure on the other side.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE GUTTER

Fig. 31: Identifying Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the 2 new clips on the gutter.

NOTE: Ensure that the clips are positioned correctly on the gutter, see illustration.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 32: Ensuring Clips Are In Correct Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

First align one corner with the gutter and then the other.

CAUTION: Ensure that the clips are in the correct position.

NOTE: Do not damage or loosen the clips.

Fig. 33: Installing The Gutter


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Press both front mountings for the gutter into place.

FINISHING
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Install the sunroof glass. See: GLASS SUN ROOF.

GLASS SUN ROOF

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE SUN ROOF GLASS

Fig. 34: Identifying 4 Screws For The Glass Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Close the sun roof.

Slide the inner cover back as far as possible.

Remove:

 the inner cover. See: APRON MOLDING SUNROOF


 the 4 screws for the glass cover
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

 the glass sun roof.

REPLACING COMPONENTS

REMOVING THE WEATHERSTRIP SUN ROOF

Remove the weatherstrip from the sun roof. It is not bonded.

INSTALLING WEATHERSTRIP SUN ROOF

Fig. 35: Identifying Weatherstripping


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Press the weatherstrip into place in the T-groove.

NOTE: The join for the weatherstrip must be in the middle of the rear edge of the
sunroof (1).

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE GLASS SUN ROOF

Install:
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

 the glass sun roof


 the 4 M5 screws. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

Adjust the glass cover. See: SUN ROOF .

Install the apron molding. See: APRON MOLDING SUNROOF.

SUN ROOF

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

IGNITION OFF

Fig. 36: Disconnecting Battery Lead


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Ignition off.

Remove the key from the ignition switch.

Wait 1 minute before starting work.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE SUN ROOF


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 37: Locating Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the headlining as described in, see HEADLINING WITH SUN ROOF .

Remove:

 the 4 drain hoses


 the connector from the electric motor / sun roof module (SRM).

Remove:

 the electric motor / sun roof module (SRM).


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 38: Identifying 10 Screws For The Sun Roof Frame


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the 10 screws for the sun roof frame.

NOTE: Note the position and dimensions of all spacers and screws.

Lower the sun roof. Remove the sun roof from the vehicle.

NOTE: 2 people are required for this task.

REMOVING SUN ROOF COMPONENTS

Remove:

 the sun roof glass. See GLASS SUN ROOF.


 the wind deflector. See: WIND DEFLECTOR SUNROOF
 the sun visor / inner sun roof. See SUN VISOR/INNER COVER SUN ROOF.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING SUN ROOF


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

NOTE: 2 people are required for this task.

Fig. 39: Identifying Screw Locations


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

HINT: Position the screws, spacers and nylon washers on the frame before installing the sun roof.

Install the 10 M6 screws as follows:

1. 1 M6x16, with nylon washer


2. 1 M6x16, with nylon washer
3. 1 M6x16, with nylon washer
4. 1 M6x16, with nylon washer
5. 1 M6x25, with nylon washer and spacer, 20x6.5x6
6. 1 M6x25, with nylon washer and spacer, 20x6.5x6
7. 1 M6x35, with nylon washer and spacer, 20x6.5x20
8. 1 M6x35, with nylon washer and spacer, 20x6.5x20
9. 1 M6x35, with nylon washer and spacer, 20x6.5x20
10. 1 M6x35, with nylon washer and spacer, 20x6.5x20.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Guide in the sun roof in relation to the guide holes.

Tighten the screws in numerical order as illustrated. Tighten. See: TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING SUN ROOF COMPONENTS

Install:

 the electric motor / control module. See: THE ELECTRIC MOTOR / SUN ROOF MODULE (SRM).
 the connector.

Connect the 4 drain hoses.

Install:

 the sun visor / inner sun roof. See: SUN VISOR/INNER COVER SUN ROOF
 the wind deflector. See: WIND DEFLECTOR SUNROOF
 the sun roof glass. See: GLASS SUN ROOF.

FINISHING

ADJUSTING AND CHECKING THE SUN ROOF

Adjust the sun roof glass. See: SUN ROOF .

Check for leakage. See: LEAK TESTING THE SUN ROOF .

Install the headlining. See:HEADLINING WITH SUN ROOF .

NEW CALIBRATION OF ELECTRIC MOTOR / SUN ROOF MODULE (SRM)

When installing a new electric motor / control module, perform new calibration. See: NEW CALIBRATION
OF ELECTRIC MOTOR / SUN ROOF MODULE (SRM) .

RECALIBRATION OF ELECTRIC MOTOR / SUN ROOF MODULE (SRM)

When installing a previously used electric motor / control module, perform recalibration. See:
RECALIBRATION OF THE ELECTRIC MOTOR/SUN ROOF MODULE (SRM) .

SUN VISOR/INNER COVER SUN ROOF

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

REMOVING THE SUN VISOR / INNER COVER SUN ROOF

Fig. 40: Identifying Screws And Mounting


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the lens. See: GLASS SUN ROOF.

Pull the sun visor / inner cover forwards.

Remove:

 the 2 screws at the front mounting


 the 2 front slides.

Pull the sun visor / inner cover further forwards.

Remove:

 the 2 screws at the rear mounting


 the 2 rear slides.

INSTALLATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

INSTALLING THE SUN VISOR / INNER COVER SUN ROOF

Install:

 the 2 rear slides


 the 2 screws at the rear mounting. Tighten.

Slide in the sun visor / inner cover half way.

Install:

 the 2 front slides


 the 2 screws at the front mounting. Tighten.

Check the operation of the sun visor / inner cover.

Install the lens. See: GLASS SUN ROOF.

FINISHING

ADJUSTING THE LENS AND INSTALLING COMPONENTS

Adjust the lens. See: SUN ROOF .

Install the apron molding. See: APRON MOLDING SUNROOF.

THE ELECTRIC MOTOR / SUN ROOF MODULE (SRM).

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

IGNITION OFF
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 41: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Ignition off.

REMOVAL

REMOVING ELECTRIC MOTOR / SUN ROOF MODULE (SRM)

Move the sun visors to one side.

Remove:

 the snap fasteners for the sun visors


 the front courtesy lighting. See: LIGHTING, INTERNAL FRONT
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 42: Locating Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

 the connector.

Slacken off the 3 screws for the interior lighting frame.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 43: Locating Electric Motor / Control Module Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the 3 screws.

Carefully lower the electric motor / control module.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING ELECTRIC MOTOR / SUN ROOF MODULE (SRM)

Install:

 the electric motor / control module


 the 3 screws. Tighten.

Tighten the 3 screws for the interior lighting frame.

Install:

 the connector
 the front courtesy lighting. See: LIGHTING, INTERNAL FRONT
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fold back the sun visors.

FINISHING

CALIBRATION OF NEW ELECTRIC MOTOR / SUN ROOF MODULE (SRM)

When installing a new electric motor / control module, perform new calibration. See: NEW CALIBRATION
OF ELECTRIC MOTOR / SUN ROOF MODULE (SRM) .

RECALIBRATION OF PREVIOUSLY USED ELECTRIC MOTOR / SUN ROOF MODULE (SRM)

When installing a previously used electric motor / control module, perform recalibration. See:
RECALIBRATION OF THE ELECTRIC MOTOR/SUN ROOF MODULE (SRM) .

WIND DEFLECTOR SUNROOF

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

REMOVAL

REMOVING WIND DEFLECTOR SUN ROOF


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 44: Removing Wind Deflector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Open the sun roof completely.

Press the end of the wind deflector (1) using a screwdriver.

CAUTION: Do not damage the painted surfaces.

At the same time pull the wind deflector carefully backwards (2) until the locking tab at the front edge releases.

Carry out the same operation on the other side.

Lift up and remove the wind deflector.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE WIND DEFLECTOR FOR THE SUN ROOF

Insert the ends of the wind deflector into the grooves on the sides and past the lock grooves in the rear edge.

Bend the wind deflector down and position the locking tabs in under the edge of the panel.

Ensure that the ends have engaged in the lock grooves.

CAUTION: Do not damage the painted surfaces.

FINISHING

RECALIBRATION OF THE ELECTRIC MOTOR/SUN ROOF MODULE (SRM)

Recalibrate of the electric motor/control module. See: RECALIBRATION OF THE ELECTRIC


MOTOR/SUN ROOF MODULE (SRM) .

SIDE DOOR WITH OPERATION


DOOR HALF HINGE

Remove the side section. See SIDE SECTION, EXPOSING


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 45: Identifying Door Half Hinge


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M8

24 Nm

DOOR PANEL

Materials:
Designation Part number
Bodywork adhesive 1161524
PUR adhesive 1161821
Body putty 1161767

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Welding body components. See WELDING, GENERAL

Remove the side door. See SIDE DOOR


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 46: Bodywork adhesive, 1161524


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Attach the following items:

1. Use: Bodywork adhesive, 1161524


2. Use: PUR adhesive, 1161821

Fig. 47: Body putty, 1161767


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Use: Body putty, 1161767

Seal. See BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM

Rust proof. See RUSTPROOFING

Install the side door. See SIDE DOOR

DOOR STOP FRONT SIDE DOOR


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove door panel. See PANEL FRONT DOOR .

Fig. 48: Removing Door Stop From Front Side Door (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 49: Removing Door Stop From Front Side Door (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

1. Torque: M6

10 Nm

2. Torque: M8

24 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Install in reverse order.

SIDE DOOR

REPLACEMENT

Remove the following items:

 lift mechanism side door front. See LIFT MECHANISM, FRONT DOOR
 rearview mirror external. See REAR VIEW MIRROR EXTERNAL
 door stop side door. See DOOR STOP FRONT SIDE DOOR

Fig. 50: Removing Side Door (1 Of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 51: Removing Side Door (2 Of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 52: Removing Side Door (3 Of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 53: Removing Side Door (4 Of 4)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install in reverse order.

Seal. See BODY SEAL, SEALING DIAGRAM

Rust proof. See RUSTPROOFING

TRUNK LID, TAILGATE WITH HINGE AND SUPPORT


TAILGATE AND TRUNK LID HINGES

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove the following items:


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

 roof sill panel. See CANT RAIL PANEL


 panel C/D-pillar. See C/D-PILLAR TRIM PANEL

Fig. 54: Removing Tailgate And Trunk Lid Hinges (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M8

24 Nm

Fig. 55: Removing Tailgate And Trunk Lid Hinges (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

Install in the reverse order.

TAILGATE
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove the following items:

 wiper motor rear, see REAR WIPER MOTOR


 handle outer tailgate. See OUTER TAILGATE/TRUNK LID HANDLE
 panel roof sill. See CANT RAIL PANEL
 panel C/D-pillar. See C/D-PILLAR TRIM PANEL
 spoiler rear. See SPOILER REAR
 spoiler rear (T5). See SPOILER REAR

Fig. 56: Removing Tailgate (1 Of 5)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M8

24 Nm

Fig. 57: Removing Tailgate (2 Of 5)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 58: Removing Tailgate (3 Of 5)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 59: Removing Tailgate (4 Of 5)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 60: Removing Tailgate (5 Of 5)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

Install in reverse order.

Adjust tailgate. See DOORS AND HATCHES.

DOORS AND HATCHES

ADJUSTMENT MEASUREMENTS

Below you will find the measurements for the body gaps measured when manufacturing the vehicle. The
measurements are an average value of the measurements on the new values.

Measuring takes place on a painted body. The gap increases by 0.2 mm for an unpainted body.

NOTE: The measurements vary from one vehicle to another. This list is only a base
from which to start.

No max. or min. measurements are given since there must be harmony between the gaps on the visual surface.

NOTE: The final check/adjustment shall be performed when the vehicle is painted in
the correct color.

If a black unpainted front fender is fitted on a white vehicle, it will be much harder to, see the size of the gap
between the fender and the door.

LEVEL ADJUSTMENT (APPLIES WHEN ADJUSTING DOORS, FENDERS AND HATCHES)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 61: Identifying Level Adjustment


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

The front part must be positioned above the part behind it (see illustration), partly to overlap in case of a
collision, partly to reduce wind noise.

Measurement M1 = 0.5 mm.

MEASUREMENTS, ENGINE HOOD


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 62: Identifying Hood Measurements


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

F1 = 3.0 mm

F2 = 3.0 mm

F3 = 3.0 mm

F4 = 3.0 mm

F5 = 1.0 mm

F6 = 3.0 mm

F7 = 3.3 mm

F8 = 2.8 mm

F9 = 0.7 mm

MEASUREMENTS, DOORS
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 63: Identifying Door Measurements


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

S1 = 3.1 mm

S2 = 4.0 mm

S3 = 3.3 mm

S4 = 5.0 mm

S5 = 2.5 mm

S6 = 2.2 mm

S7 = 2.7 mm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 64: Identifying Door Measurements


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Measurements apply without rubber strip on the door arch.

S8 = 8.0 mm

S9 = 9.0 mm

S10 = 9.3 mm

S11 = 9.2 mm

S12 = 9.2 mm

S13 = 9.1 mm

MEASUREMENTS, TRUNK LID


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 65: Identifying Trunk Lid Measurements


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

V50

R1 = 4.5 mm

R2 = 6.1 mm

R3 = 0.7 mm

R4 = 4.0 mm

R5 = 4.0 mm

R6 = 4.0 mm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 66: Identifying Trunk Lid Measurements


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

S40 (04-)

R7 = 3.3 mm

R8 = 3.1 mm

R9 = 0.8 mm

R10 = 1.3 mm

R11 = 4.0 mm

WINDOW LIFT
FRONT DOOR WINDOW LIFT MECHANISM ELECTRIC MOTOR

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 67: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism Electric Motor (1 Of 2)
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove panel side door front, see PANEL FRONT DOOR

Fig. 68: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism Electric Motor (2 Of 2)
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Order and download software according to: 30669920

Order and download software according to: 30669923

Perform power window motor, initiation, see DOOR WINDOW MOTOR INITIALIZATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

LIFT MECHANISM, FRONT DOOR

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove the following items:

 Window, front door. See WINDOW, FRONT DOOR.


 Handle outer door front, see HANDLE OUTER DOOR FRONT

Fig. 69: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism (1 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 70: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism (2 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 71: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism (3 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

Fig. 72: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism (4 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 73: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism (5 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 74: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism (6 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 75: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism (7 Of 9)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Doors And Lids - Removal, replacement and installation

Torque: M6

10 Nm

Fig. 76: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism (8 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 77: Removing Front Door Window Lift Mechanism (9 Of 9)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Perform power window motor, initiation, see DOOR WINDOW MOTOR INITIALIZATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB

Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

BODY ELECTRICAL
BACK-UP (REVERSING) LAMPS SWITCH (M66 MANUAL TRANSMISSION)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove the air filter housing, see AIR CLEANER HOUSING

Fig. 1: Removing Back-Up Lamp Switch (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 2: Removing Back-Up Lamp Switch (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Torque: Reversing lamp switch

24 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

BACK-UP (REVERSING) LAMPS SWITCH (M56 MANUAL TRANSMISSION)

NOTE: As the illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and / or models, some variation may occur. However, the essential information
in the illustrations is always correct.

REMOVING THE BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH, GEARBOX M56

Ignition off

Remove the air cleaner (ACL) housing.

Fig. 3: Identifying Tool P/N 9997077


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

 the gear selector cables from the levers. see 9997077


 the gear selector cables from the brackets to prevent bending them when removing the lever.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 4: Identifying Tool P/N 9997221


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

 pin. see 9997221 .


 the lever

Fig. 5: Identifying Back-Up Lamp Switch Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

 the connector from the back-up lamp switch.


 the back-up light switch. see 9995543

INSTALLATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

NOTE: For tightening torques, see TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING BACK-UP (REVERSING) LAMP SWITCH

Fig. 6: Identifying Back-Up Lamp Switch Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the new back-up light switch. see 9995543 Tighten to: 24 Nm.

INSTALLING THE CONNECTOR

Fig. 7: View Of Secondary Lock


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Pull out the secondary lock. see 9512853 .


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 8: Back-Up Lamp Switch Leads


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the cables in the connector with the opening for the primary lock facing up as shown in the illustration.
Press in the secondary lock.

JOINING CABLES

Splice the new connector with cables to the existing wiring. See JOINING CABLES .

INSTALLING THE CONNECTOR

Fig. 9: Identifying Tie-Strap Installed


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the connector with the wiring on the back-up lamp switch. Install a tie-strap as shown in the illustration
so that the cable harness is not in contact with the gear selector cable.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 10: Identifying Tool P/N 9997221


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the following items:

 transmission lever see 9997221 to press in the pin


 the gear selector cables in the bracket
 selector cables to levers.

Install the air cleaner (ACL) housing.

Check the function.

CONTROL STALK, LEFT

REMOVAL

Remove panel steering column, see PANEL STEERING COLUMN


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 11: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 12: Identifying Control Stalk, Left Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

CONTROL STALK, RIGHT

REMOVAL

Remove panel steering column, see PANEL STEERING COLUMN

Fig. 13: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 14: Identifying Control Stalk, Right Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (OBD-II)

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Fig. 15: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 16: View Of Data Link Connector (OBD-II) location


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 17: Identifying Data Link Connector (OBD-II) Release Tab


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 18: Removing Data Link Connector


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 19: Inserting Terminal Removal Tool


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Only work on 1 cable at a time.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 20: Pressing Tab And Removing Wire


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

DRIVER DOOR MODULE (DDM)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 21: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove panel side door front, see PANEL FRONT DOOR .

Fig. 22: Identifying Driver Door Module (DDM) Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

INSTALLATION

NOTE: Make sure that the component terminals are not bent or damaged.

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Order and download software according to: 30669920

Perform power window motor, initiation, see DOOR WINDOW MOTOR INITIALIZATION

EXTRA POWER SOCKET 12V (2007)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

IGNITION OFF

Fig. 23: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Ignition off.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE CIGARETTE LIGHTER/ELECTRICAL SOCKET

Fig. 24: View Of Ashtray Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the rear panel.

Disconnect the connector from the ashtray panel.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 25: Identifying Cigarette Lighter/Electrical Socket Catches


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Lift up the catches (as shown in the illustration) using a small screwdriver. Press out the cigarette
lighter/electrical socket.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE CIGARETTE LIGHTER/ELECTRICAL SOCKET

Install:

 the cigarette lighter/electrical socket


 the connector
 the cover.

EXTRA POWER SOCKET 12V (2008-2012)

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 26: Extra Power Socket Remove/Install Components (1 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 27: Extra Power Socket Remove/Install Components (2 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

EXTRA POWER SOCKET 12V, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (2008, 2009 AND 2011, 2012)
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 28: Extra Power Socket Remove/Install Components (1 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 29: Extra Power Socket Remove/Install Components (2 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

FRONT POSITION SENSOR, HEADLAMP (2007-2009)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 30: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 31: Identifying Front Position Sensor, Headlamp Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool).

FRONT POSITION SENSOR, HEADLAMP (2010 - 2011 EARLY)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 32: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY .

Fig. 33: Identifying Front Position Sensor, Headlamp Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

FINISHING

Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool).

FRONT POSITION SENSOR, HEADLAMP (2011 LATE - 2012)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 34: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 35: Identifying Front Position Sensor, Headlamp Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool).

INSTRUMENT PANEL CONSOLE SWITCH KNOB

Special tools
981 4071 STRAIGHTENING TOOL
Tool number: 981 4071
Tool description: STRAIGHTENING TOOL
Tool boards: 80
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

REMOVAL

Fig. 36: Removing Instrument Panel Console Switch Knob


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

see 9814071
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

KEYPAD, STEERING WHEEL

REMOVAL

Remove airbag driver's side, see DRIVER'S AIRBAG

Fig. 37: Identifying Steering Wheel Keypad


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 38: View Of Steering Wheel Keypad Connectors


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

LIGHTING SWITCH

REMOVAL

Fig. 39: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 40: Identifying Lighting Switch in OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 41: View Of Lighting Switch Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 42: Identifying Lighting Switch Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

PASSENGER DOOR MODULE (PDM)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 43: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove panel side door front, see PANEL FRONT DOOR .

Fig. 44: Identifying Driver Door Module (DDM) Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

NOTE: Make sure that the component terminals are not bent or damaged.

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Order and download software according to: 30669923


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Perform power window motor, initiation, see DOOR WINDOW MOTOR INITIALIZATION

POSITION SENSOR REAR, HEADLAMP (2007-2009)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 45: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY .

Fig. 46: Identifying Position Sensor Rear, Headlamp Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool).

POSITION SENSOR REAR, HEADLAMP (2010 - 2011 EARLY)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 47: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY .

Fig. 48: Identifying Position Sensor Rear, Headlamp Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

FINISHING

Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool).

POSITION SENSOR REAR, HEADLAMP (2011 LATE - 2012)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 49: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 50: Identifying Position Sensor Rear, Headlamp Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool).

POWER SOCKET 12V (2007)

REMOVAL

Fig. 51: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 52: Identifying Power Socket Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 53: View Of Power Socket Clip


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

POWER SOCKET 12V (2008-2012)

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Remove floor console, see FLOOR CONSOLE

REAR DOOR WINDOW REGULATOR ROTARY SWITCH

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 54: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 55: Window Regulator Rotary Switch, Rear Door Remove/Install Components (1 Of 3)
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 56: Window Regulator Rotary Switch, Rear Door Remove/Install Components (2 of 3)
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 57: Window Regulator Rotary Switch, Rear Door Remove/Install Components (3 of 3)
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

ROTARY SWITCH, FRONT DOOR WINDOW REGULATOR (2007 - 2011 EARLY)

REMOVAL

Fig. 58: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 59: Removing Door Handle Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 60: Identifying Door Handle Panel Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 61: Identifying Window Regulator Rotary Switch


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

ROTARY SWITCH, FRONT DOOR WINDOW REGULATOR (2011 LATE - 2012)

REMOVAL

Fig. 62: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 63: Removing Door Handle Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 64: Prying Up Front Side Switch Panel Frame


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 65: Prying Up Rear Side Switch Panel Frame


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 66: Identifying Window Regulator Rotary Switch


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 67: Identifying Window Regulator Rotary Switch Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

Fig. 68: Installing Front Door Switch Panel (1 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

CAUTION: Only use moderate force.

Fig. 69: Installing Front Door Switch Panel (2 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: Make sure that equal pressure is applied to the full length of the
component.

CAUTION: Take extra care when handling the component.

ROTARY SWITCH, SUN ROOF (2007-2011)

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 70: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove lighting interior front, see LIGHTING, INTERNAL FRONT

Fig. 71: View Of Sun Roof Rotary Switch Release Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

ROTARY SWITCH, SUN ROOF (2012)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

IGNITION OFF

Fig. 72: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Ignition off.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE INTERIOR LIGHTING

Remove the interior lighting. See: LIGHTING, INTERNAL FRONT .

REMOVING THE SWITCH


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 73: Sun Roof Switch Catches


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Press the catches out.

Pull the switch outwards and upwards.

Pull out the catch. Pull out the conductive strap.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE SWITCH

Press in the conductive strap. Lock in place.

Correctly position the rear of the switch and press the switch into place.

INSTALLING THE INTERIOR LIGHTING

Install the interior lighting. See: LIGHTING, INTERNAL FRONT .

STEERING WHEEL CONTROL MODULE


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove steering wheel, see STEERING WHEEL

Remove panel steering column, see PANEL STEERING COLUMN

Remove steering wheel lever right, see CONTROL STALK, RIGHT

Remove steering wheel lever left, see CONTROL STALK, LEFT

Fig. 74: Identifying Steering Wheel Control Module Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: Make sure that the clockspring pins are not bent or damaged.

Torque: Steering wheel control module to steering column

0.9 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 75: Identifying Steering Wheel Control Module Connectors


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

Perform angle sensor, steering wheel, resetting

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Order and download software according to: 30667218

SWITCH, CENTRAL LOCKING SYSTEM

REMOVAL

Fig. 76: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove panel side door front, see PANEL FRONT DOOR .


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 77: Remove/Install Central Locking System, Switch Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

SWITCH, HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS

REMOVAL

Remove inner ventilation nozzle, see DRIVER SIDE REGISTER

Fig. 78: Identifying Hazard Warning Flashers Release


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

SWITCH TUNNEL COMPARTMENT

REMOVAL

Remove floor console, see FLOOR CONSOLE

Fig. 79: Identifying Tunnel Compartment Switches


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 80: View Of Tunnel Compartment Switch Tabs


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 81: Removing Tunnel Compartment Switches


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Initiate switch using VIDA (Volvo scan tool).

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

COLLISION AVOIDANCE
DISTANCE SENSORS, PARKING ASSISTANCE REAR (2007 - 2011 EARLY)

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 82: View Of Ignition In "0" Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove Rear Bumper Cover Upper Section, see REAR BUMPER COVER UPPER SECTION (2007 - 2011
EARLY

Fig. 83: Removing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 84: Removing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

Fig. 85: Installing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 86: Installing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

DISTANCE SENSORS, PARKING ASSISTANCE REAR (2011 LATE - 2012)

REMOVAL

Fig. 87: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove casing bumper rear, see COVER BUMPER REAR (2007 - 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER
REAR (2011 LATE - 2012) .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 88: Removing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 89: Removing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

Follow instructions for paint, see PAINT


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 90: Installing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 91: Installing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

PARKING ASSISTANCE MODULE

REMOVAL

Remove the right side panel cargo compartment, see SIDE PANEL LOADSPACE
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 92: Identifying Parking Assistance Module


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Order and download software according to: 30786805

DOOR LOCKS & ANTI-THEFT SYSTEMS


ANTENNA, LOCKING SYSTEM, KEYLESS ENTRY, FRONT

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 93: Identifying Ignition Switch In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the tunnel console. See FLOOR CONSOLE

Fig. 94: Locating Antenna Nuts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

 the 2 x nuts
 the antenna
 the connector

Install in reverse order.

ANTENNA, LOCKING SYSTEM, KEYLESS ENTRY, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT

Remove the center arm rest. See CENTER ARMREST REAR (2007-2011) or CENTER ARMREST REAR
(2012)
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 95: Locating Keyless Entry Locking System Antenna In Luggage Compartment
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

ANTENNA, LOCKING SYSTEM, KEYLESS ENTRY, REAR (2007 - 2011 EARLY)

Operation Number(s): 36646-2

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 96: Identifying Ignition Switch In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove casing bumper rear. See REAR BUMPER COVER LOWER SECTION (2007-2009) or REAR
BUMPER COVER LOWER SECTION (2010 - 2011 EARLY) .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 97: Identifying Bumper Bracket Module


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

 the antenna, fold out the catches at the lower edge


 the connector

Install in reverse order.

ANTENNA, LOCKING SYSTEM, KEYLESS ENTRY, REAR (2011 LATE - 2012)

REMOVAL

Fig. 98: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove casing bumper rear, see COVER BUMPER REAR (2007 - 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER
REAR (2011 LATE - 2012) .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 99: Removing Keyless Entry Locking System Rear Antenna (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 100: Removing Keyless Entry Locking System Rear Antenna (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

ANTI-THEFT PROTECTION SIREN (2007-2011)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 101: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the plenum cover, see PLENUM CHAMBER

Fig. 102: Identifying Anti-Theft Protection Siren Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

ANTI-THEFT PROTECTION SIREN (2012)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 103: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the plenum cover, see PLENUM CHAMBER

Fig. 104: Locating Anti-Theft Protection Siren


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

10 Nm

Fig. 105: Removing Anti-Theft Protection Siren (1 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 106: Removing Anti-Theft Protection Siren (2 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR (2007-2011)

REMOVAL

Make sure that the vehicle is modified. See MASS MOVEMENT SENSOR (MMS), MODIFICATION .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 107: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 108: Front Intrusion Sensor Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 109: Front Intrusion Sensor Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR (2012)

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 110: Front Intrusion Sensor Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 111: Front Intrusion Sensor Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

KEYLESS VEHICLE MODULE (KVM)

PREPARATORY WORK

IGNITION OFF

Fig. 112: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Ignition off.

REMOVING THE LEFT-HAND FRONT SEAT

Remove the left-hand front seat. See: FRONT SEAT .

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE KEYLESS VEHICLE MODULE (KVM)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 113: View Of Keyless Vehicle Module (KVM) Connectors


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the 5 connectors
 the 2 x screws
 the control module.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE KEYLESS VEHICLE MODULE (KVM)

CAUTION: The pins on the control module are fragile. Press the connectors in
carefully.

Install:

 the control module


 the 2 x screws
 the 5 connectors.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

FINISHING

INSTALLING THE LEFT-HAND FRONT SEAT

Install the left-hand front seat. See: FRONT SEAT .

ORDERING SOFTWARE

Order software for the control module. See: 30772590

LOCKING SYSTEM RECEIVER (2007)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Is the vehicle equipped with keyless entry system, see: RECEIVER LOCK
SYSTEM KEYLESS ENTRY (RKE)

REMOVING THE COMBINED INSTRUMENT PANEL

Remove the combined instrument panel. See: COMBINED INSTRUMENT PANEL .

REMOVING RECEIVER LOCK SYSTEM

Fig. 114: View Of Instrument Panel Screws


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the 2 x screws
 the remote receiver module (RRX).

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING RECEIVER LOCK SYSTEM

Install:

 the remote receiver module (RRX)


 the 2 screws.

INSTALLING THE COMBINED INSTRUMENT PANEL

Install the combined instrument panel. See: COMBINED INSTRUMENT PANEL .

LOCKING SYSTEM RECEIVER (2008-2012)

Materials
Designation Part number
Melting adhesive 1161656

REMOVAL

Detach front edge of headlining with roof hatch, see HEADLINING WITH SUN ROOF

Fig. 115: Locating Locking System Receiver


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 116: Removing Locking System Receiver


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: Take extra care not to crease the headliner.

INSTALLATION

Fig. 117: Identifying Adhesive


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 118: Melting Adhesive, 1161656


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Use: Melting adhesive, 1161656

Fig. 119: Installing Locking System Receiver


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

RECEIVER, LOCK SYSTEM KEYLESS ENTRY (RKE)

Materials
Designation Part number
Melting adhesive 1161656

REMOVAL

Detach front edge of headlining with roof hatch, see HEADLINING WITH SUN ROOF
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 120: Locating Locking System Receiver


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 121: Removing Locking System Receiver


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: Take extra care not to crease the headliner.

INSTALLATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 122: Identifying Adhesive


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 123: Melting Adhesive, 1161656


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Use: Melting adhesive, 1161656


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 124: Installing Locking System Receiver


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

SUN SENSOR

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE SUN SENSOR/ALARM LED

Fig. 125: Removing The Sun Sensor/Alarm LED


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the sun sensor/alarm LED. Use a weather strip tool


 the connector, x 1.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE SUN SENSOR/ALARM LED

Install:

 the connector, x 1
 the sun sensor/alarm LED.

WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
HEADLIGHT WASHERS

REMOVAL

Remove the following items:

 Headlamps, see HEADLAMPS (2007-2009) , HEADLAMPS (2010 - 2011 EARLY) , or


HEADLAMPS (2011 LATE - 2012) .
 Cover bumper front, see COVER BUMPER FRONT (2007 - 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER
FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012) .

Fig. 126: Identifying Headlight Washer Components (1 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 127: Identifying Headlight Washer Components (2 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Fig. 128: Installing Headlight Washer


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

RAIN SENSOR

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 129: Removing Rain Sensor (1 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 130: Removing Rain Sensor (2 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 131: Removing Rain Sensor (3 Of 3)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

CAUTION: Take extra care when handling the component.

CAUTION: The silicon surface must not be touched, any contamination of the surface
will damage the sensor.

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Perform rain sensor check, see RAIN SENSOR, CHECK

REAR WIPER MOTOR

Special tools
998 7693 UNIVERSAL SEPARATOR B75
MM L80 MM
Tool number: 998 7693
Tool description: UNIVERSAL
SEPARATOR B75 MM L80 MM
Tool boards: 08

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove the liftgate trim panel, see TAILGATE/TRUNK LID PANEL


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 132: Removing Rear Wiper Motor (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

see 9987693

Fig. 133: Removing Rear Wiper Motor (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR (2007 - 2011 EARLY)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 134: View Of Washer Fluid Reservoir Bolt


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove casing bumper front, see COVER BUMPER FRONT (2007 - 2011 EARLY) .

For information on component position washer reservoir, see LOCATION OF COMPONENTS, WASHER
RESERVOIR (2007 - 2011 EARLY) .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 135: View Of Washer Reservoir Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR (2011 LATE - 2012)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 136: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

For information on component position washer reservoir, see LOCATION OF COMPONENTS, WASHER
RESERVOIR (2011 LATE - 2012) .

Remove casing bumper front, see COVER BUMPER FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012) .

Fig. 137: View Of Washer Reservoir Screw


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 138: View Of Escaping Fluid


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.

Fig. 139: Identifying Reservoir Tank Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 140: Identifying Reservoir Tank Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

WIPER ARM

Special tools
981 4088 Puller
Tool number: 981 4088
Tool description: Puller
Tool boards: 80
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

REMOVAL

CAUTION: Make sure that the motor is in the park position.

Fig. 141: Remove Key From Ignition


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 142: Identifying Windshield Wiper Arm Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: Windshield wiper arm

21 Nm

Fig. 143: View Of Special Tool 9814088


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

see 9814088

INSTALLATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 144: View Of Wiper Blade Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WIPER MECHANISM, WINDSHIELD

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

CAUTION: Make sure that the motor is in the park position.

Fig. 145: Remove Key From Ignition


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the plenum cover, see PLENUM CHAMBER


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 146: Identifying Wiper Mechanism Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

WIPER MOTOR FRONT

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

CAUTION: Make sure that the motor is in the park position.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 147: Remove Key From Ignition


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the wiper mechanism, windscreen, see WIPER MECHANISM, WINDSHIELD

Fig. 148: Identifying Wiper Motor Front Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 149: Identifying Wiper Motor Front Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Note the position of the component before removal.

Fig. 150: Identifying Wiper Motor Front Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

NOTE: Make sure that this component is installed to the noted removal position.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB

Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

BODY ELECTRICAL
BACK-UP (REVERSING) LAMPS SWITCH (M66 MANUAL TRANSMISSION)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove the air filter housing, see AIR CLEANER HOUSING

Fig. 1: Removing Back-Up Lamp Switch (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 2: Removing Back-Up Lamp Switch (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Torque: Reversing lamp switch

24 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

BACK-UP (REVERSING) LAMPS SWITCH (M56 MANUAL TRANSMISSION)

NOTE: As the illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and / or models, some variation may occur. However, the essential information
in the illustrations is always correct.

REMOVING THE BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH, GEARBOX M56

Ignition off

Remove the air cleaner (ACL) housing.

Fig. 3: Identifying Tool P/N 9997077


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

 the gear selector cables from the levers. see 9997077


 the gear selector cables from the brackets to prevent bending them when removing the lever.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 4: Identifying Tool P/N 9997221


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

 pin. see 9997221 .


 the lever

Fig. 5: Identifying Back-Up Lamp Switch Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

 the connector from the back-up lamp switch.


 the back-up light switch. see 9995543

INSTALLATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

NOTE: For tightening torques, see TIGHTENING TORQUE .

INSTALLING BACK-UP (REVERSING) LAMP SWITCH

Fig. 6: Identifying Back-Up Lamp Switch Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the new back-up light switch. see 9995543 Tighten to: 24 Nm.

INSTALLING THE CONNECTOR

Fig. 7: View Of Secondary Lock


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Pull out the secondary lock. see 9512853 .


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 8: Back-Up Lamp Switch Leads


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the cables in the connector with the opening for the primary lock facing up as shown in the illustration.
Press in the secondary lock.

JOINING CABLES

Splice the new connector with cables to the existing wiring. See JOINING CABLES .

INSTALLING THE CONNECTOR

Fig. 9: Identifying Tie-Strap Installed


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the connector with the wiring on the back-up lamp switch. Install a tie-strap as shown in the illustration
so that the cable harness is not in contact with the gear selector cable.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 10: Identifying Tool P/N 9997221


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Install the following items:

 transmission lever see 9997221 to press in the pin


 the gear selector cables in the bracket
 selector cables to levers.

Install the air cleaner (ACL) housing.

Check the function.

CONTROL STALK, LEFT

REMOVAL

Remove panel steering column, see PANEL STEERING COLUMN


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 11: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 12: Identifying Control Stalk, Left Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

CONTROL STALK, RIGHT

REMOVAL

Remove panel steering column, see PANEL STEERING COLUMN

Fig. 13: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 14: Identifying Control Stalk, Right Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

DATA LINK CONNECTOR (OBD-II)

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Fig. 15: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 16: View Of Data Link Connector (OBD-II) location


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 17: Identifying Data Link Connector (OBD-II) Release Tab


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 18: Removing Data Link Connector


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 19: Inserting Terminal Removal Tool


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

NOTE: Only work on 1 cable at a time.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 20: Pressing Tab And Removing Wire


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

DRIVER DOOR MODULE (DDM)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 21: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove panel side door front, see PANEL FRONT DOOR .

Fig. 22: Identifying Driver Door Module (DDM) Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

INSTALLATION

NOTE: Make sure that the component terminals are not bent or damaged.

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Order and download software according to: 30669920

Perform power window motor, initiation, see DOOR WINDOW MOTOR INITIALIZATION

EXTRA POWER SOCKET 12V (2007)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK

IGNITION OFF

Fig. 23: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Ignition off.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE CIGARETTE LIGHTER/ELECTRICAL SOCKET

Fig. 24: View Of Ashtray Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the rear panel.

Disconnect the connector from the ashtray panel.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 25: Identifying Cigarette Lighter/Electrical Socket Catches


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Lift up the catches (as shown in the illustration) using a small screwdriver. Press out the cigarette
lighter/electrical socket.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE CIGARETTE LIGHTER/ELECTRICAL SOCKET

Install:

 the cigarette lighter/electrical socket


 the connector
 the cover.

EXTRA POWER SOCKET 12V (2008-2012)

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 26: Extra Power Socket Remove/Install Components (1 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 27: Extra Power Socket Remove/Install Components (2 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

EXTRA POWER SOCKET 12V, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT (2008, 2009 AND 2011, 2012)
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 28: Extra Power Socket Remove/Install Components (1 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 29: Extra Power Socket Remove/Install Components (2 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

FRONT POSITION SENSOR, HEADLAMP (2007-2009)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 30: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 31: Identifying Front Position Sensor, Headlamp Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool).

FRONT POSITION SENSOR, HEADLAMP (2010 - 2011 EARLY)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 32: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY .

Fig. 33: Identifying Front Position Sensor, Headlamp Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

FINISHING

Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool).

FRONT POSITION SENSOR, HEADLAMP (2011 LATE - 2012)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 34: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 35: Identifying Front Position Sensor, Headlamp Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool).

INSTRUMENT PANEL CONSOLE SWITCH KNOB

Special tools
981 4071 STRAIGHTENING TOOL
Tool number: 981 4071
Tool description: STRAIGHTENING TOOL
Tool boards: 80
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

REMOVAL

Fig. 36: Removing Instrument Panel Console Switch Knob


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

see 9814071
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

KEYPAD, STEERING WHEEL

REMOVAL

Remove airbag driver's side, see DRIVER'S AIRBAG

Fig. 37: Identifying Steering Wheel Keypad


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 38: View Of Steering Wheel Keypad Connectors


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

LIGHTING SWITCH

REMOVAL

Fig. 39: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 40: Identifying Lighting Switch in OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 41: View Of Lighting Switch Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 42: Identifying Lighting Switch Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

PASSENGER DOOR MODULE (PDM)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 43: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove panel side door front, see PANEL FRONT DOOR .

Fig. 44: Identifying Driver Door Module (DDM) Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

NOTE: Make sure that the component terminals are not bent or damaged.

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Order and download software according to: 30669923


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Perform power window motor, initiation, see DOOR WINDOW MOTOR INITIALIZATION

POSITION SENSOR REAR, HEADLAMP (2007-2009)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 45: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY .

Fig. 46: Identifying Position Sensor Rear, Headlamp Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool).

POSITION SENSOR REAR, HEADLAMP (2010 - 2011 EARLY)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 47: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY .

Fig. 48: Identifying Position Sensor Rear, Headlamp Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

FINISHING

Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool).

POSITION SENSOR REAR, HEADLAMP (2011 LATE - 2012)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 49: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Follow instructions for lifting points body frame, see JACKING POINTS BODY .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 50: Identifying Position Sensor Rear, Headlamp Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Calibrate position sensor using VIDA (Volvo scan tool).

POWER SOCKET 12V (2007)

REMOVAL

Fig. 51: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 52: Identifying Power Socket Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 53: View Of Power Socket Clip


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

POWER SOCKET 12V (2008-2012)

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Remove floor console, see FLOOR CONSOLE

REAR DOOR WINDOW REGULATOR ROTARY SWITCH

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 54: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 55: Window Regulator Rotary Switch, Rear Door Remove/Install Components (1 Of 3)
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 56: Window Regulator Rotary Switch, Rear Door Remove/Install Components (2 of 3)
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 57: Window Regulator Rotary Switch, Rear Door Remove/Install Components (3 of 3)
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

ROTARY SWITCH, FRONT DOOR WINDOW REGULATOR (2007 - 2011 EARLY)

REMOVAL

Fig. 58: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 59: Removing Door Handle Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 60: Identifying Door Handle Panel Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 61: Identifying Window Regulator Rotary Switch


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

ROTARY SWITCH, FRONT DOOR WINDOW REGULATOR (2011 LATE - 2012)

REMOVAL

Fig. 62: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 63: Removing Door Handle Panel


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 64: Prying Up Front Side Switch Panel Frame


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 65: Prying Up Rear Side Switch Panel Frame


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 66: Identifying Window Regulator Rotary Switch


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 67: Identifying Window Regulator Rotary Switch Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

Fig. 68: Installing Front Door Switch Panel (1 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

CAUTION: Only use moderate force.

Fig. 69: Installing Front Door Switch Panel (2 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: Make sure that equal pressure is applied to the full length of the
component.

CAUTION: Take extra care when handling the component.

ROTARY SWITCH, SUN ROOF (2007-2011)

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 70: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove lighting interior front, see LIGHTING, INTERNAL FRONT

Fig. 71: View Of Sun Roof Rotary Switch Release Clips


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

ROTARY SWITCH, SUN ROOF (2012)

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

PREPARATORY WORK
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

IGNITION OFF

Fig. 72: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Ignition off.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE INTERIOR LIGHTING

Remove the interior lighting. See: LIGHTING, INTERNAL FRONT .

REMOVING THE SWITCH


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 73: Sun Roof Switch Catches


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Press the catches out.

Pull the switch outwards and upwards.

Pull out the catch. Pull out the conductive strap.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE SWITCH

Press in the conductive strap. Lock in place.

Correctly position the rear of the switch and press the switch into place.

INSTALLING THE INTERIOR LIGHTING

Install the interior lighting. See: LIGHTING, INTERNAL FRONT .

STEERING WHEEL CONTROL MODULE


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove steering wheel, see STEERING WHEEL

Remove panel steering column, see PANEL STEERING COLUMN

Remove steering wheel lever right, see CONTROL STALK, RIGHT

Remove steering wheel lever left, see CONTROL STALK, LEFT

Fig. 74: Identifying Steering Wheel Control Module Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: Make sure that the clockspring pins are not bent or damaged.

Torque: Steering wheel control module to steering column

0.9 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 75: Identifying Steering Wheel Control Module Connectors


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

Perform angle sensor, steering wheel, resetting

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Order and download software according to: 30667218

SWITCH, CENTRAL LOCKING SYSTEM

REMOVAL

Fig. 76: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove panel side door front, see PANEL FRONT DOOR .


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 77: Remove/Install Central Locking System, Switch Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

SWITCH, HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS

REMOVAL

Remove inner ventilation nozzle, see DRIVER SIDE REGISTER

Fig. 78: Identifying Hazard Warning Flashers Release


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

SWITCH TUNNEL COMPARTMENT

REMOVAL

Remove floor console, see FLOOR CONSOLE

Fig. 79: Identifying Tunnel Compartment Switches


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 80: View Of Tunnel Compartment Switch Tabs


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 81: Removing Tunnel Compartment Switches


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Initiate switch using VIDA (Volvo scan tool).

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

COLLISION AVOIDANCE
DISTANCE SENSORS, PARKING ASSISTANCE REAR (2007 - 2011 EARLY)

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 82: View Of Ignition In "0" Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove Rear Bumper Cover Upper Section, see REAR BUMPER COVER UPPER SECTION (2007 - 2011
EARLY

Fig. 83: Removing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 84: Removing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

Fig. 85: Installing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 86: Installing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

DISTANCE SENSORS, PARKING ASSISTANCE REAR (2011 LATE - 2012)

REMOVAL

Fig. 87: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove casing bumper rear, see COVER BUMPER REAR (2007 - 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER
REAR (2011 LATE - 2012) .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 88: Removing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 89: Removing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

Follow instructions for paint, see PAINT


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 90: Installing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 91: Installing Rear Parking Assistance Distance Sensors (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

PARKING ASSISTANCE MODULE

REMOVAL

Remove the right side panel cargo compartment, see SIDE PANEL LOADSPACE
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 92: Identifying Parking Assistance Module


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Order and download software according to: 30786805

DOOR LOCKS & ANTI-THEFT SYSTEMS


ANTENNA, LOCKING SYSTEM, KEYLESS ENTRY, FRONT

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 93: Identifying Ignition Switch In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the tunnel console. See FLOOR CONSOLE

Fig. 94: Locating Antenna Nuts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

 the 2 x nuts
 the antenna
 the connector

Install in reverse order.

ANTENNA, LOCKING SYSTEM, KEYLESS ENTRY, LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT

Remove the center arm rest. See CENTER ARMREST REAR (2007-2011) or CENTER ARMREST REAR
(2012)
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 95: Locating Keyless Entry Locking System Antenna In Luggage Compartment
Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

ANTENNA, LOCKING SYSTEM, KEYLESS ENTRY, REAR (2007 - 2011 EARLY)

Operation Number(s): 36646-2

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 96: Identifying Ignition Switch In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove casing bumper rear. See REAR BUMPER COVER LOWER SECTION (2007-2009) or REAR
BUMPER COVER LOWER SECTION (2010 - 2011 EARLY) .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 97: Identifying Bumper Bracket Module


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the following items:

 the antenna, fold out the catches at the lower edge


 the connector

Install in reverse order.

ANTENNA, LOCKING SYSTEM, KEYLESS ENTRY, REAR (2011 LATE - 2012)

REMOVAL

Fig. 98: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove casing bumper rear, see COVER BUMPER REAR (2007 - 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER
REAR (2011 LATE - 2012) .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 99: Removing Keyless Entry Locking System Rear Antenna (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 100: Removing Keyless Entry Locking System Rear Antenna (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

ANTI-THEFT PROTECTION SIREN (2007-2011)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 101: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the plenum cover, see PLENUM CHAMBER

Fig. 102: Identifying Anti-Theft Protection Siren Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

ANTI-THEFT PROTECTION SIREN (2012)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 103: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove the plenum cover, see PLENUM CHAMBER

Fig. 104: Locating Anti-Theft Protection Siren


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

10 Nm

Fig. 105: Removing Anti-Theft Protection Siren (1 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 106: Removing Anti-Theft Protection Siren (2 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR (2007-2011)

REMOVAL

Make sure that the vehicle is modified. See MASS MOVEMENT SENSOR (MMS), MODIFICATION .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 107: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 108: Front Intrusion Sensor Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 109: Front Intrusion Sensor Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

FRONT INTRUSION SENSOR (2012)

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 110: Front Intrusion Sensor Cover


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 111: Front Intrusion Sensor Connector


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

KEYLESS VEHICLE MODULE (KVM)

PREPARATORY WORK

IGNITION OFF

Fig. 112: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Ignition off.

REMOVING THE LEFT-HAND FRONT SEAT

Remove the left-hand front seat. See: FRONT SEAT .

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE KEYLESS VEHICLE MODULE (KVM)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 113: View Of Keyless Vehicle Module (KVM) Connectors


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the 5 connectors
 the 2 x screws
 the control module.

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE KEYLESS VEHICLE MODULE (KVM)

CAUTION: The pins on the control module are fragile. Press the connectors in
carefully.

Install:

 the control module


 the 2 x screws
 the 5 connectors.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

FINISHING

INSTALLING THE LEFT-HAND FRONT SEAT

Install the left-hand front seat. See: FRONT SEAT .

ORDERING SOFTWARE

Order software for the control module. See: 30772590

LOCKING SYSTEM RECEIVER (2007)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Is the vehicle equipped with keyless entry system, see: RECEIVER LOCK
SYSTEM KEYLESS ENTRY (RKE)

REMOVING THE COMBINED INSTRUMENT PANEL

Remove the combined instrument panel. See: COMBINED INSTRUMENT PANEL .

REMOVING RECEIVER LOCK SYSTEM

Fig. 114: View Of Instrument Panel Screws


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the 2 x screws
 the remote receiver module (RRX).

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING RECEIVER LOCK SYSTEM

Install:

 the remote receiver module (RRX)


 the 2 screws.

INSTALLING THE COMBINED INSTRUMENT PANEL

Install the combined instrument panel. See: COMBINED INSTRUMENT PANEL .

LOCKING SYSTEM RECEIVER (2008-2012)

Materials
Designation Part number
Melting adhesive 1161656

REMOVAL

Detach front edge of headlining with roof hatch, see HEADLINING WITH SUN ROOF

Fig. 115: Locating Locking System Receiver


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 116: Removing Locking System Receiver


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: Take extra care not to crease the headliner.

INSTALLATION

Fig. 117: Identifying Adhesive


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 118: Melting Adhesive, 1161656


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Use: Melting adhesive, 1161656

Fig. 119: Installing Locking System Receiver


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

RECEIVER, LOCK SYSTEM KEYLESS ENTRY (RKE)

Materials
Designation Part number
Melting adhesive 1161656

REMOVAL

Detach front edge of headlining with roof hatch, see HEADLINING WITH SUN ROOF
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 120: Locating Locking System Receiver


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 121: Removing Locking System Receiver


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

CAUTION: Take extra care not to crease the headliner.

INSTALLATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 122: Identifying Adhesive


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 123: Melting Adhesive, 1161656


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Use: Melting adhesive, 1161656


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 124: Installing Locking System Receiver


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

SUN SENSOR

NOTE: The illustrations in this service information are used for different model years
and/or models. Some variation may occur. However, the essential information in
the illustrations is always correct.

REMOVAL

REMOVING THE SUN SENSOR/ALARM LED

Fig. 125: Removing The Sun Sensor/Alarm LED


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove:

 the sun sensor/alarm LED. Use a weather strip tool


 the connector, x 1.
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

INSTALLATION

INSTALLING THE SUN SENSOR/ALARM LED

Install:

 the connector, x 1
 the sun sensor/alarm LED.

WIPER/WASHER SYSTEM
HEADLIGHT WASHERS

REMOVAL

Remove the following items:

 Headlamps, see HEADLAMPS (2007-2009) , HEADLAMPS (2010 - 2011 EARLY) , or


HEADLAMPS (2011 LATE - 2012) .
 Cover bumper front, see COVER BUMPER FRONT (2007 - 2011 EARLY) or COVER BUMPER
FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012) .

Fig. 126: Identifying Headlight Washer Components (1 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 127: Identifying Headlight Washer Components (2 of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Fig. 128: Installing Headlight Washer


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

RAIN SENSOR

REMOVAL
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 129: Removing Rain Sensor (1 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 130: Removing Rain Sensor (2 Of 3)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Fig. 131: Removing Rain Sensor (3 Of 3)


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

CAUTION: Take extra care when handling the component.

CAUTION: The silicon surface must not be touched, any contamination of the surface
will damage the sensor.

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

Perform rain sensor check, see RAIN SENSOR, CHECK

REAR WIPER MOTOR

Special tools
998 7693 UNIVERSAL SEPARATOR B75
MM L80 MM
Tool number: 998 7693
Tool description: UNIVERSAL
SEPARATOR B75 MM L80 MM
Tool boards: 08

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Remove the liftgate trim panel, see TAILGATE/TRUNK LID PANEL


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 132: Removing Rear Wiper Motor (1 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

see 9987693

Fig. 133: Removing Rear Wiper Motor (2 Of 2)


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR (2007 - 2011 EARLY)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.

Fig. 134: View Of Washer Fluid Reservoir Bolt


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Remove casing bumper front, see COVER BUMPER FRONT (2007 - 2011 EARLY) .

For information on component position washer reservoir, see LOCATION OF COMPONENTS, WASHER
RESERVOIR (2007 - 2011 EARLY) .
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 135: View Of Washer Reservoir Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR (2011 LATE - 2012)

REMOVAL

NOTE: Removal steps in this procedure may contain installation details.


2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 136: Identifying Ignition In OFF Position


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

For information on component position washer reservoir, see LOCATION OF COMPONENTS, WASHER
RESERVOIR (2011 LATE - 2012) .

Remove casing bumper front, see COVER BUMPER FRONT (2011 LATE - 2012) .

Fig. 137: View Of Washer Reservoir Screw


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 138: View Of Escaping Fluid


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

WARNING: Be prepared to collect escaping fluid.

Fig. 139: Identifying Reservoir Tank Components


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 140: Identifying Reservoir Tank Bolts


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: M6

10 Nm

INSTALLATION

To install, reverse the removal procedure.

WIPER ARM

Special tools
981 4088 Puller
Tool number: 981 4088
Tool description: Puller
Tool boards: 80
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

REMOVAL

CAUTION: Make sure that the motor is in the park position.

Fig. 141: Remove Key From Ignition


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION
2012 Volvo C30 T-5
ACCESSORIES AND BODY, CAB Other Electrical Equipment - Removal, replacement and installation

Fig. 142: Identifying Windshield Wiper Arm Screws


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

Torque: Windshield wiper arm

21 Nm

Fig. 143: View Of Special Tool 9814088


Courtesy of VOLVO CARS CORPORATION

see 9814088

INSTALLATION

You might also like